Showing all records | The Scheding Index of Australian Art and Artists

Cazneaux Haroldview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Chaffer Walterview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Charlier Jean Baptisteview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Chandler and Lomerview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Cherry Georgeview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Chuck Thomas Fosterview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Clifford Samuelview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Cotton Oliveview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Collins Charlesview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Crawford Frazer Smithview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Croft Brothersview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Crowther Thomas Eview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Cunningham Andrewview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Dailey & Foxview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Daintree Richardview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Dalton Edwinview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Davies & Coview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Davis Jview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Dawson Patrickview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Degotardi John Snrview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Degotardi John Jnrview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Dixon John Cowplandview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Docker Ernest Bview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Drinkwater Charles view full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Dupain Maxview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Duryea Townsendview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Duval & Coview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Dwyer J Jview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Fauchery Antoineview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Ferran Anneview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Fitzalanview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Flintoff Thomasview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Foelsche Paul Heinrich Matthiasview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Ford Sueview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Freeman Brothersview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Frith Frederickview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Fry J Wview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

GB Fenovic & Coview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Fenovic GB & Coview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Gill Simrynview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Glaister Thomasview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Glenny Henryview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Goode Bernardview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Goodes Henryview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Goodman Georgeview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Gorus John Tangelderview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Gove & Allenview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Great Northern Photographic & Fine Art Companyview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Gullick William Applegateview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Roach H & Coview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Haigh Edwardview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Hall ‘Professor’ Robertview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Hardie Fredview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Hart Elijahview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Hart Henryview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Harvey & Dundenview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Hatton & Patchingview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Hawkinds ‘Professor’ Jeffreyview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Hetzer Williamview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Hibling Everett Eview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Hilder Jamesview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Holledge Edwardview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

How Louisa Elizabethview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Hurley James Francis (Frank)view full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Illustrations Ltdview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Irby Edwardview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Jenkinson G H (George)view full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Jerrems Carolview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Johnstone O’Shannessy & Coview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Jones Henryview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Kent Miltonview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Kerr John Hunterview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Kerry Charlesview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Kilburn Douglas Thomasview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

King Henryview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Konrad Louisview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Kruger Fredview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Lange L & Sonview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Laing Rosemaryview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Lewis Jonview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Lambert Helenview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Lindell William Jview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Lindt J Wview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Lomer Alberview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

McDonald Archibaldview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

McNaught Rowanview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Manning Jamesview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Manning Jamesview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Marchand Annieview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Marchant Philip Jamesview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Maynard Rickyview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Milligan Joseph-Charles and Thomasview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Moffatt Traceyview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Moore Davidview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Moore S Fview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Morris Alfredview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Morris Moss & Coview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Moser Hermanview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Mountford Charles Pearcyview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Muller Heinrichview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Nagel Edwardview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Nelson Mrs Eview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Nettleton Charlesview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Nevin Thomas Jview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Newland J Wview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Newman John Hubertview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Nicholas Collanview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Nicholas George Hview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Nicol Albertview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Nixon Francis Russellview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Nixon Samuelview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Norton Charlesview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Norton Wykesview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

NSW Governmenr Printerview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Paine Johnview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Parker Williamview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Paterson Brothersview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Perrin Florenceview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Poignant Axelview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Pound Patrickview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Reynolds W Mview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Riley Michaelview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Roarty Jview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Robert W Newman & Coview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Newman Robert W & Coview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Robinson Williamview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

San Francisco Photo Coview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Russell Henry Chamberlain view full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Sargent Williamview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Scott Davidview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Scott Eugene Montaguview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Short James Walterview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Short William b1833-1917view full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Smith Professor Johnview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Smith R Dermerview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Smithies Frederickview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Souter Jview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Spencer Walter Baldwinview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Stacey Robynview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Stephenson Davidview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Stewart Robertview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Stone Alfred Hawesview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Story George Fordyceview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Sweet Captain Samuel Whiteview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Strangman Richard Charlesview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Sydney Photographic Companyview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Talbot Henryview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Talma & Coview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Thwaites Walter Williamview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Tilbrook Henry Hammondview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Tims Edward Georgeview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Toose Henryview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Tronier Augustview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Turner Edwardview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Turner Josephview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Vaniman Melvinview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Schroder W H & Vosperview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

W H Schroder & Vosperview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Wagner Conradview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Walker Jamesview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Walter Charles aka Carlview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Watson Johnview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Wherrett & McGuffieview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

White Jillview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Wilder Joseph Warrinview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Wilkins Hubertview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Wood Williamview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Woolley Charles Aview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Wyatt Thomas J Jview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Yates Johnview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Youdale Josephview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Zahalka Anneview full entry

Reference: see The Photograph and Australia, Exhibition book, written by Judy Annear. Included biographies of approximately 200 photographers, timeline, list of works in exhibition, bibliography and index. [’"From its beginnings in the 19th century to today’s digital revolution, The photograph and Australia investigates how photography was harnessed to create the idea of a nation. It reveals how Australia’s view of the world and itself has been changed by the advent of photography which paralleled the development of the colonies and the relationships between settlers and Indigenous Australians.
Taking a thematic approach, the book encourages the reader to explore connections – between different forms of photography, people and place, past and present. It features renowned artists such as Richard Daintree, Charles Bayliss, Frank Hurley, Harold Cazneaux, Olive Cotton, Max Dupain, Sue Ford, Carol Jerrems, Rosemary Laing, Tracey Moffatt, Ricky Maynard, Patrick Pound and Robyn Stacey, among many others. Their work is reproduced alongside that of unknown photographers in cartes de visite, government and family albums and, early scientific and astronomical photography.
Above all, this publication reminds the reader of the sense of wonder that the photograph can still induce with its ability to capture both things of the world and those of the imagination.
Visually rich with fine reproductions, The photograph and Australia will not only be an important addition to the scholarship on Australian photography but a valued addition to the bookshelves of photography experts, lovers of photography and history."’]

Publishing details: Art Gallery of NSW,
Hardback, dw, 308 pages. With index.

Scarvell Jessieview full entry

Reference: see ‘Trust the Women’, S H Ervin Gallery exhibition, April 2018. 4-page list of exhibits, no biographical information. However 14 works are by Scarvell. The National Trust was left many works by the artist’s family
Publishing details: S H Ervin Gallery exhibition, April 2018.

Michell Keithview full entry

Reference: see Ewbank's auction lot 1051,
April 26, 2018, 2:00 PM BST
Woking, United Kingdom: Keith Michell (Australian 1926-2015) 'Chichester Festival Theatre, May 1962'. Watercolour with pen and ink, signed and dated. Inscription verso signed 'Wendy Toye' - an actress and producer who worked at CFT in the early 70's, depicts the theatre in the final stages of construction, Keith Michell appeared in the first season of productions at the new theatre which opened in July 1962. He returned as Artistic Director from 1974-78. Framed and glazed. 35 x 49cm. .

Meijer Lotjeview full entry

Reference: Lotje Meijer : paintings & drawings, introduction by Sandra Warner. [Book of drawings and paintings by Dutch-Australian artist, Lotje Meijer.]
Publishing details: [Sydney, N.S.W.?] : [publisher not identified], 2013,
98 pages : chiefly colour illustrations ;
Ref: 1000

Streeton Arthurview full entry

Reference: Arthur Streeton - The Art of War. Published to coincide with National Gallery of Australia exhibition: ‘Bringing together key works from collections around Australia and overseas, an important survey exhibition of Arthur Streeton’s war art will open at the NGA in December. Streeton’s contribution to the Australian war effort was significant. He served with the Royal Army Medical Corps at the Third London General Hospital in Wandsworth from 1915 to 1917 before leaving for the Western Front as an official war artist in May 1918.

His wartime output includes images of war machinery stranded in the landscape and scenes of operations headquarters, dressing stations and field hospitals. Streeton visited regions in France where the Australian army had been successful against the enemy, including Poulainville, Péronne and Mont St Quentin, overlooking the Somme. The NGA has recently acquired a deftly painted watercolour of this strategically significant area, presented as a gift to Sir John Monash, one of the war’s outstanding commanders.’

‘
[’‘The hardest and finest work I ever performed,’ Arthur Streeton to Charles Bean.

If you think you know the work of Arthur Streeton, his war art will make you think again.

While resident in London in 1915, Streeton joined the Royal Army Medical Corps, working as an orderly at the 3rd London General Hospital, where he came to understand the impact of war. His response to the tumult of the First World War is poignantly encapsulated in the works he produced as an Official War Artist in France from May to November 1918.

As an artist best known for his lyrical landscapes, his depictions of the modern machines of war are unexpected, and yet they make sense. To a large extent, technology was what made the First World War so devastating, and Streeton was there in the last months to observe its impact on the troops, towns, and landscape. His vision of damaged guns, planes, and places serves as a metaphor for the many maimed and shell-shocked servicemen he encountered.’]
Publishing details: NGA, 2018, hc, cloth, in cardboard sleeve,183pp wirh index.

Anzac Treasuresview full entry

Reference: Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.

war artists of Australiaview full entry

Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.

War Memorial artists view full entry

Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.

Gallipoli and artview full entry

Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.

Nolan Sidney Gallipoli p 386-7 view full entry

Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.

Lambert Georgeview full entry

Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.

Burgess Arthurview full entry

Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.

Benson Georgeview full entry

Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.

Crozier Frankview full entry

Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.

Quinn James Peterview full entry

Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.

Coates Georgeview full entry

Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.

Meeson Doraview full entry

Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.

Moore-Jones Horace short essay p101view full entry

Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.

First World War artview full entry

Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.

Bryant Charles short essay p141view full entry

Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.

Silas Ellis essay p172-7view full entry

Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.

Bowles Leslieview full entry

Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.

Corlett Peterview full entry

Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.

Bean Charles drawing and watercolourview full entry

Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.

Wheeler Charlesview full entry

Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.

Anderson Wallace sculptures and mixed medi p299view full entry

Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.

Leist Fredview full entry

Reference: see Anzac Treasures: The Gallipoli Collection of the Australian War Memorial, by Peter Pederson. Includes some biographical information in essays on works of art. [’This publication provides unparalleled insight into the events leading to the involvement of the Anzacs, the landing, daily life, the failed August offensive and the successful evacuation. Featuring hundreds of items from the Memorial's collection - many items from the soldiers themselves - others assembled by Charles Bean, the official historian of the war and founder of the Memorial. ‘]
Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2015, hc, dw, 432 pages. illustrations (some colour), maps (some colour); portraits, facsimiles. With Index.

Shaw Kateview full entry

Reference: Kate Shaw - Continuum - Martin Browne Contemporary May 2018. Includes biographical details.
Publishing details: Martin Browne Contemporary May 2018. price list and invite inserted,
Ref: 224

Cooley Peterview full entry

Reference: Environment, Colour, Tone - Martin Browne Contemporary catalogue with colour illustrations, biographical information
Publishing details: Martin Browne Contemporary, 2018, 28pp with price list inserted.
Ref: 224

Cusack Michaelview full entry

Reference: New Works, exhibition catalogue, Martin Brown Contemporary. Biographical details. . Illustrated.
Publishing details: Martin Brown Contemporary, 2018, 20pp, pb. Price list inserted.
Ref: 224

Campbell Margaret E 3 worksview full entry

Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp

Edwards Mary Cooper Edwardsview full entry

Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp

Drew Williamview full entry

Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp

Gaze Haroldview full entry

Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp

Gilbert May NZview full entry

Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp

Hall Oswaldview full entry

Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp

Hassell Kenneth NZview full entry

Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp

Coyle Ruth Mary NZview full entry

Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp

Kohlhagen Lisetteview full entry

Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp

Lloyd Trevor NZview full entry

Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp

Mansell Byram muralsview full entry

Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp

McBurnie Ronview full entry

Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp

Meadows Ronview full entry

Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp

Mort Eireneview full entry

Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp

Neville-Smith Hview full entry

Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp

Nankivell Frankview full entry

Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp

Payne David NZview full entry

Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp

Putland Ericview full entry

Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp

Roxburgh Rachel drawingview full entry

Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp

Russell C Aview full entry

Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp

Solomons Bettyview full entry

Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp

Sutton John Wrenview full entry

Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp

Swann C H linocut with no biog.view full entry

Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp

Watson Edward Sview full entry

Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp

Younghusband Adeleview full entry

Reference: see Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, ‘Australian & International Art, 2018, 179 items. Includes biographical information on some artists (mailnly printmakers).
Publishing details: Josef Lebovic Collectors List 192, 2018, 32pp

Shaw Kevinview full entry

Reference: Mates. Images Of The Kimberley by Kevin Shaw. Photographs. Stories of the Mananambarra.
Publishing details: Australian Scholarly Publishing, 2003, 119pp
Ref: 1000

Earle Augustusview full entry

Reference: Augustus Earle - Narrative of a Residence in New Zealand and Journal of a Residence in Tristan Da Cunha, edited by E. H. McCormick. List of paintings and drawings. Bibliography. [Originally published London, Longman,1832.]
Publishing details: Oxford at the Clarendon Press., 1966. pp.xii+272(last blank). Colour frontis & 1 colour plate at end. 22 black and white illus at end. Hard cover in dust jacket, With Index.

King Philip Gidleyview full entry

Reference: Philip Gidley King - A Biography of the Third Governor of New South Wales, by Jonathan King & John King,

Publishing details: Methuen Australia, Melbourne, 1981. 166 pp, large octavo, b&w and colour illustrations

King Mrs Philip Gidleyview full entry

Reference: The Governor's lady: Mrs Philip Gidley King; an Australian narrative by Marnie Bassett
Publishing details: Oxford U.P, 1956
132 pages.
Ref: 1000

King Philip Gidleyview full entry

Reference: King of Norfolk Island The Story of Philip Gidley King as Commandant and Lieutenant-Governor of Norfolk Island by Victor Crittenden
Publishing details: Mulini Press 1993 Canberra : Mulini Press, 1993
Ref: 1000

Liibus Vaikeview full entry

Reference: Vaike Liibus - Her Art and Life by Sergio & Vaike Liibus-Lakeman. [’Estonian-born Liibus-Lakeman migrated to Sydney in 1929 and studied at the East Sydney Technical College / National Art School, befriended Joshua Smith, bought Goomerah and painted well known peoples' portraits’]
Publishing details: Vivian Jackson, Sydney 2001 A4, 168pp, colour illusts, fine hardback

Winch Madeleineview full entry

Reference: Come By Chance [Children’s picture book: ’One day Bertha comes upon a tumbledown house on a hill. She sets to work with her hammer and nails, her brush and broom, to make the house a cosy home. Bertha names it "Come by Chance" and settles in alone ... until one night a storm brings a host of animals to her door, looking for shelter, and bringing friendship and song and dance, to make merry the long winter ahead.’]
Publishing details: Angus&Robertson An imprint of HarperCollins PICTURE BLUEGUM, 1993
Not paged, signed by author

Boomalli Ten Theview full entry

Reference: The Boomalli Ten - Presented by Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative. Includes biographies of the ten artists.
Publishing details: Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative, 2018, 16pp
Ref: 224

Riley Michaelview full entry

Reference: The Boomalli Ten - Presented by Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative. Includes biographies of the ten artists.
Publishing details: Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative, 2018, 16pp

Bancroft Belindaview full entry

Reference: The Boomalli Ten - Presented by Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative. Includes biographies of the ten artists.
Publishing details: Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative, 2018, 16pp

Bancroft Bronwynview full entry

Reference: The Boomalli Ten - Presented by Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative. Includes biographies of the ten artists.
Publishing details: Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative, 2018, 16pp

Bostock Euphemiaview full entry

Reference: The Boomalli Ten - Presented by Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative. Includes biographies of the ten artists.
Publishing details: Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative, 2018, 16pp

Meeks Aroneview full entry

Reference: The Boomalli Ten - Presented by Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative. Includes biographies of the ten artists.
Publishing details: Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative, 2018, 16pp

Foley Fionaview full entry

Reference: The Boomalli Ten - Presented by Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative. Includes biographies of the ten artists.
Publishing details: Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative, 2018, 16pp

Croft Belinda Lview full entry

Reference: The Boomalli Ten - Presented by Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative. Includes biographies of the ten artists.
Publishing details: Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative, 2018, 16pp

Samuels Jeffreyview full entry

Reference: The Boomalli Ten - Presented by Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative. Includes biographies of the ten artists.
Publishing details: Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative, 2018, 16pp

Moffatt Traceyview full entry

Reference: The Boomalli Ten - Presented by Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative. Includes biographies of the ten artists.
Publishing details: Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative, 2018, 16pp

Martins Fernview full entry

Reference: The Boomalli Ten - Presented by Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative. Includes biographies of the ten artists.
Publishing details: Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative, 2018, 16pp

Quaill Avrilview full entry

Reference: The Boomalli Ten - Presented by Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative. Includes biographies of the ten artists.
Publishing details: Boomalli Aboriginal Arts Cooperative, 2018, 16pp

Sturgeon : Australian art, culture, etcview full entry

Reference: Sturgeon : Australian art, culture, etc [’As much as ‘Sturgeon’ is a conceptual statement — it’s one thing being a big fish, it’s another if you produce caviar — the name given to the magazine bears the imprimatur of founding Artbank Director Graeme Sturgeon (1936-1990).
The Sturgeon editorial team comprises Daniel Mudie Cunningham, Miriam Kelly, Tony Stephens and Peter Lin. The opinions expressed in Sturgeon are those of the respective authors and are not necessarily those of the editors, publisher or the Australian Government.
‘] [All editions to be indexed]
Publishing details: Artbank, 2013-
volumes : colour illustrations ; 29 cm
Ref: 1000

French voyages to Australiaview full entry

Reference: see Early French Voyages to Australia 1800 -1981 - Banque Nationale de Paris
Publishing details: Folio size with loose plates in folder, 1981

travel art and Australiaview full entry

Reference: see Early French Voyages to Australia 1800 -1981 - Banque Nationale de Paris
Publishing details: Folio size with loose plates in folder, 1981

Jardine Walterview full entry

Reference: Men of Stamina : the world's greatest men. Frontispiece portrait of Captain James Cook (1728-1779). For children. Illustrated portraits by Walter Jardine.
Publishing details: Stamina Clothing Co., [1952?]
[84] p. : col. ill.
Ref: 1000

Jardine Walterview full entry

Reference: Australian Men of Stamina. For children. Illustrated portraits by Walter Jardine of Sir Charles Kingsford Smith , Matthew Flinders , Sir Douglas Mawson , Charles Sturt , Herbert Hinkler, etc
Publishing details: Stamina Clothing Co., [1960?]
[43] p. : col. ill.
Ref: 1000

Feitcher Vicki view full entry

Reference: see Eastbourne Auctions
Finmere Road, Eastbourne,
East Sussex, BN22 8QL
United Kingdom. 11 May 2018 lot 1159: Vicki Feitcher - Pair of Carmen Opera costume designs for the 1974 Australian Carmen Opera, mixed media on card, each with framing labels verso, mounted and framed, each 36cm x 26.5cm

Abercromby Samview full entry

Reference: see lot 490 O'Gallerie auction May 1, 2018, 7:00 PM PST Portland, OR, US: Description: SAM ABERCROMBY (Australia, born 1945) oil on canvas, "Study for Portrait of George Haynes." George Haynes is an Australian artist born in 1938. Signed lower left, dated 1976, signed again and titled verso. Image measures 42" x 48", mounted to stretcher, unframed.

DeLisle Gordon photographer, 1923-2002view full entry

Reference: see obituary, SMH, une 28 2002:

A flamboyant life in the pictures
June 28 2002

Gordon DeLisle, Photographer, 1923-2002
Gordon DeLisle was a flamboyant, gifted and sometimes outrageous photographer and gallery owner. Throughout his life his mischievous spirit conspired with a natural talent and creativity to provoke the establishment.
Born in Melbourne, he was a man - as he liked to say - from the school of hard knocks: self-educated and self-made. His father died when he was 11 and at 13 he left school to help support his mother and sister. At 15 he moved to Sydney and began working as a cadet journalist/photographer on The Daily Telegraph.
When the war began he joined the merchant marine and participated in the evacuation of the Solomon Islands. At 18 he transferred to the RAAF. Stationed in Cairns with an American Catalina squadron, he honed his photographic skills by hanging out of an aircraft taking reconnaissance photographs over the Coral Sea.
After the war he returned to Melbourne, where he met, and married, a strikingly beautiful model, Cynthia Ferguson, who worked for Georges, Melbourne's exclusive department store.
By 1947 he had set up photographic studios in the Exhibition Buildings and was being acclaimed as one of Melbourne's best commercial, industrial and society portrait photographers. When he moved into a floor of the well-known 9 Collins Street at the "Paris end", his glamorous studio and office attracted several generations of Melbourne's social and arts elite, a clientele shared by Melbourne's other top photographer and a friend, Athol Shmith.
The address saw a number of colourful art-world characters, such as Tom Roberts, Albert Tucker and Mirka and Georges Mora, come and go. Now only the facade remains.
The postwar presence in Australia of a handful of top photographers undoubtedly did much to help Australians define their identity, as individuals and as a nation. This was the period when the major newspapers devoted whole sections to their "social" pages, which in effect documented the movers and shakers of the new society.
The building industry developed rapidly after the war, and a new generation of architects gained prominence. Key photographers like DeLisle, who included the Department of Trade and Industry among his clients, were essential to help overcome the entrenched conservatism of the community's taste. They helped make modernism attractive and glamorous.
DeLisle had an artist's eye which he combined with his great love of the Australian landscape and the human form. While the then Victorian premier Henry Bolte's vice squad was raiding his family home, confiscating his life studies as "porn", DeLisle was winning international fame and awards as a photographer of nudes. He became a lifelong opponent of censorship, particularly of the arts.
One of his memorable assignments was in 1958 as still photographer for American director Stanley Kramer on the movie On the Beach. His wonderful, sometimes candid, pictures of Gregory Peck, Fred Astaire and Ava Gardner are a small part of his extraordinary archive.
DeLisle was a regular writer of irate letters to the editor. One of his most notorious, immortalised in Keith Dunstan's book Knockers, was a fierce criticism of the new National Gallery in Melbourne:"The building squats, featureless, like an obscure grey telephone exchange, floating in already scungy moats floored with lolly papers ... like a bleak penitentiary."
He was a fellow of the Royal Society of Arts and of the Royal Photographic Society, and was awarded the Excellence de la Federatione Internationale de l'Art Photographique (Europe's highest award for photography).
Two books of his work were published in 1969 and 1970: Introducing Australia, a pictorial and written guide to the nation, and Of Woman Love and Beauty, a series of nude studies.
In the early '70s he and his wife moved to the Sunshine Coast and established the DeLisle Art Gallery, first at Buderim and from 1974 in Montville. He gave Queensland a taste of bohemian lifestyle, often being seeing around Montville in flamboyant outfits ranging from flowing caftans and Balinese sarongs to NASA jumpsuits and Filipino silk shirts.
The beautiful old house that was the gallery and their home was a mix of old-world charm, complete with croquet lawn, exotic tropical gardens with Balinese statuary and a hot tub beneath a huge frangipani tree, with panoramic views to the ocean.
DeLisle retired in 1991 and remained in Montville, a critic to the last. One of the first sympathy cards the family received after his death was from the local cinema. The staff are going to miss his regular, instant and not always repeatable reviews of the latest films as he left the theatre.
DeLisle died peacefully at home. He is survived by Cynthia, his wife of 54 years, his daughter Jennie, sons Chris and Rodney, eight grandchildren and one great-grandchild. Another son, James, died in 1997.
Publishing details: Sydney Morning Herald,

DeLisle Gordon photographer, 1923-2002view full entry

Reference: Melbourne / text Osmar White ; photographs Gordon De’Lisle
by White, Osmar, 1909-1991

Publishing details: Melbourne : Hill of Content, 1968
Ref: 1000

DeLisle Gordon photographer, 1923-2002view full entry

Reference: Introducing Australia; written, photographed and designed by Gordon De'Lisle [with] additional photography, research and co-ordination by Cynthia De'Lisle
by De Lisle, Gordon

Publishing details: Melbourne, Joey Books [1969]
Ref: 1000

Walker Robert photographerview full entry

Reference: Life at the Cross / text by Kenneth Slessor, photographs by Robert Walker
Publishing details: Rigby, 1965
120 p. : ill., ports ; 29 cm.

Walker Robert photographerview full entry

Reference: Entertainment arts in Australia / [Editorial: John Allen ; Photographs: Robert Walker]

Publishing details: Sydney : Hamlyn, [1968]
159 p. :
Ref: 1000

Entertainment arts in Australiaview full entry

Reference: Entertainment arts in Australia / [Editorial: John Allen ; Photographs: Robert Walker]

Publishing details: Sydney : Hamlyn, [1968]
159 p. :

Walker Robert photographerview full entry

Reference: Salute to Five bells : John Olsen's opera house journal / Photographs by Robert Walker

Format Book
Author Olsen, John, 1928-
Description
Publishing details: Sydney : Angus & Robertson, 1973
[60]pages : illustrations(part col.,1 fold.)
Ref: 1000

Olsen Johnview full entry

Reference: see Salute to Five bells : John Olsen's opera house journal / Photographs by Robert Walker

Format Book
Author Olsen, John, 1928-
Description
Publishing details: Sydney : Angus & Robertson, 1973
[60]pages : illustrations(part col.,1 fold.)

The Artists Book - Portrait Artists Australiaview full entry

Reference: The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years. "Commemorating ten years of the association, with almost 90 artists represented with images of their work and a personal statement" --PAA.

The artists: Rizwana Ahmad, Coralie Armstrong, Cristina Aura, Bob Baird, Julie Ballis, Elizabeth Barden, Joy Beardmore, Louise Beck, Terry Benson, Bryan Besly, Jacquie Blight, Stephanie Brown, Judy Brownlie, Filippa Buttitta, Miriam Cabello, Marcus Callum, Shirley Cameron-Roberts, Ann Cape, Eva Chant, Peter Ciemitis, Yve Close, Beverley Craig, Leeanne Crisp, Irene Crusca, Beverley Davies, Sinead Davies, Yolanta Desjardins, Susie Devenport, Rodney Edelsten, Helen Frances Edwards, Angelika Erbsland, Vivian Falk, Constance Farquharson, Rosa Fedele, Penelope Gilbert-Ng, Margot Gough, Jacqueline Grantford, Eva Herz-Murray, Regina Hona, Janet Hoyer Cobb, Julie Hutchings, Polly Ifould, Pamela Irving, Dee Jackson, Judith Johnson, Di King, Fiona Knox, Alex Sandor Kolozsy, Jeanette Korduba, Val Landa, Janis Lander, Josefia Lemon, Neil Liddell, Kathrin Longhurst, Christine Lott, Peter H. Marshall, Kerry McInnis, Ann Morton, Nafisa Naomi, Paul Newton, Judith O'Conal-Prinz, Lesley O'Shea, Kevin Oxley, Judy Pennefather, Evert Ploeg, David Rees, Sally Robinson, Robyn Ross, Sally Ryan, Pamela Scherf, Jules Sevelson, Raelene Sharp, Lesley Shelley, Jiawei Shen, Wendy-Jane Sheppard, Peter Smeeth, Kathy Smoker, Greg Somers, Robyn Stanton-Werkhoven, Jodi Stewart, Al Strangeways, Sue Taylor, Avril Thomas, Doffy White, Bronwyn Woodley Graham.

Publishing details: Kogarah, N.S.W. : Portrait Artists Australia, 2012.
Collation: 178 p. : col. ill., ports

Angas George Fifeview full entry

Reference: George Fife Angas, father and founder of South Australia / by Edwin Hodder. [Father of George French Angus]

Publishing details: London : Hodder and Stoughton, 1891
xii, 440 p., [1] leaf of plates : ill.
Ref: 1000

Angas George Frenchview full entry

Reference: see George Fife Angas, father and founder of South Australia / by Edwin Hodder. [Father of George French Angus]

Publishing details: London : Hodder and Stoughton, 1891
xii, 440 p., [1] leaf of plates : ill.

Walker Robertview full entry

Reference: obituary by Robert McFarlane in SMH,
March 19, 2007:
Absence of art in homes gave rise to a passion

By any measure the photographer Robert Walker, who died in Surry Hills on Friday, led a remarkable life.
Born a twin in Singleton in 1922 (his sister Nan survives him) Walker once described his childhood as idyllic except for his strict father, John, who often summoned his son on their country property by whistling sharply.
"My father had bred mounts for the Australian Light Horse in the first war and was in fact a horse whisperer. He was more comfortable with horses than me," he confided.
Walker survived childhood polio before travelling to Britain to receive, as his father had before him, an English public school education. At the outbreak of World War II, he enlisted in the RAF. Walker once confided to me the simultaneous loneliness and exhilaration he felt as a 19-year-old flying his Albemarle bomber on clandestine night missions over the North Sea.
Walker's flying career ended abruptly when he was shot down over Italy in 1943. After months of what he remembered as surprisingly considerate Axis medical care for his severe leg injuries, he was repatriated to Britain at war's end.
Photography would not enter his life until he returned to Australia in 1952. Working in advertising, Walker taught himself to use the office Rolleiflex and was immediately entranced.
He once confessed surprise at how few postwar Sydney houses had art on their walls. This provoked him to look at Australian art, especially painting. For the next four decades he consciously documented the renaissance in Australian art. His book, Painters in the Australian Landscape, remains a rare record of this convulsive artistic era.
Walker's photographs of artists (many of whom became friends) are intimate, affectionate and unsentimental. His lens never consciously gilded anyone's lily.
His 1968 portrait of Robert Klippel captures the sculptor's calm, meditative approach to building complex geometric sculptures.
Walker also addressed new Australian drama in the '60s, photographing many plays at Jane Street, the Old Tote Theatre and pioneering Nimrod productions.
A month ago I had an unexpected last chance to appreciate Walker's wry humour. As he could no longer hold a conversation I took to reading items from the Herald I thought would interest him. By chance I read a short article about an unfortunate British pedestrian who, while crossing a road, was struck by a light aircraft. The old bomber pilot's eyes glittered momentarily and he gave just the hint of a smile.
Walker is also survived by his second wife Louise, his first wife Anne and daughters Kate and Sarah.
Publishing details: SMH, March 19, 2007

Spowers Ethel view full entry

Reference: Arrows of longing
Illustrated by Miss Ethel Spowers. Introduction by Bernard O’Dowd.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Alexander McCubbin, 1921. Quarto, gilt-lettered cloth, bookplate to front pastedown, pp. 114, tipped-in colour plates with captioned tissue guards, in the publisher’s box with colour illustration.
Ref: 1000

Rakoss Peterview full entry

Reference: Everything you need to know about the cockatoo by Peter Rakoss.

‘This exquisitely illustrated and supremely witty work appears to be unique. We can trace no other example of it, nor, indeed, of any other work by the talented Peter Rakoss.’ (From Douglas Stewart Fine Books 2018)

Publishing details: [Australia] : Peter Rakoss, n.d. [c1980]. Handmade artist’s book. Square duodecimo, hand stitched black card, pp [44], each page with mounted colour photographs of the artist’s drawings accompanied by typed text labels telling his own whimsical history of the cockatoo; in fine condition.
Ref: 1000

Macleod Euan view full entry

Reference: Surface Tension - The art of Euan MacLeod 1991-2009. Curated by Gavin Wilson. [‘An exhibition catalogue of a selection of works by New Zealand painter Euan Macleod, who is now based in Australia. Macleod presents the human presence in landscapes as a lone, anonymous figure.’]
Publishing details: Murwillumbah. Tweed River Gallery. 2010. Col.Ill.wrapps. 51pp. Profusely illustrated in colour. 1st ed.

Cook E Wakeview full entry

Reference: see ebay listing 7.5.18:
Antique Original Watercolour Painting by English/Australian Artist Ebenezer Wake Cook (1843-1926).
Ebenezer Wake Cook (28 December 1843 – 1926), generally referred to as E. Wake Cook, was a water-colour painter.Cook was born at Maldon, Essex, England and went to Melbourne, Australia in 1852. At 17 years of age Cook became an assistant to Nicholas Chevalier, who instructed him in painting, wood-engraving and lithography. He was one of the original members of the Victorian Academy of Arts in 1870. In 1872 Cook studied under Eugene von Guerard at the National Gallery of Victoria. In that year he won the medal for the best water-colour exhibited at the exhibition of the New South Wales Academy of Art. In 1873 Cook went to London, and from 1875 to 1926 was a constant exhibitor at the Royal Academy. Cook for a time was president of the Langham Sketch Club, and an original member and honorary secretary of the Royal British Colonial Society of Artists. Cook died early in 1926. His work was popular with some collectors and dealers, but it was often regarded as pretty when it was meant to be beautiful.

Western Australian artview full entry

Reference: see North of the 26th; A Collection Of Writings, Paintings, Drawings and Photographs from the Kimberley, Pilbara and Gascoyne Regions. Helen Weller, – Editor with the assistance from Hamilton, Roy & Harper-Nelson, John . Photographic and Illustrations.with a foreword by D. H. O'Neil, Deputy Premier and Minister for Regional Administration And the North West, preface by Roy A. Hamilton, Director of the North West, a collection of poetry, articles, anecdotes and stories (along with illustrations and photographs) celebrating north of Western Australia, above the 26th parallel.a collection of poetry, articles, anecdotes and stories (along with illustrations and photographs) celebrating north of Western Australia, above the 26th parallel.

Publishing details: The Nine Club, Perth, Western Australia, 1979.
First Edition.
Hardcover (Original Cloth).

Fort Sidneyview full entry

Reference: see Ebay listing 7 May 2018: Sidney Fort is well known for his delicate painting of the female form which he very tastefully presents in this watercolour "Naomi". (KER251/1642)
Medium: Framed watercolour under glass.

Image size: 24 x 36cm

Frame size: 48 x 58.5cm

Signed: Not signed but sourced directly from Mr Fort's daughter

Condition: This artwork is excellent and the framing is all new.

Sidney Fort (1918-2005)
Sidney had a lifelong love affair with water colours.
He spoke with awe about the luminosity of paper and the radiance of colour. And he believed unashamedly in finding inspiration in the world's cultural and mythic traditions, using this broad range of subjects and techniques to bring his own works to perfection.
From the studio in his Neutral Bay apartment Fort looked onto a bay fringed with trees he planted decades ago. He put the finishing touches to a series based on the epics of ancient Greece, working with the dazzling dexterity and rapidity of an accomplished water colourist who subscribes to the dictum that one's first brush-stroke should have the precision of the last. Hesitation as not in his vocabulary. He relied on instinct for harmonising or contrasting colours, applying his swirling paints not only with conviction and fearlessness but also with an economy of brush-strokes.
His subjects emerged bathed in a gentle and pearly sheen or in a spectrum of shades that rivet the viewer with their vibrancy. Generally, the forms are those of women of all ages and stages in life, with eloquent folds and creases. Fort adored his women, this cavalcade of models that enables him to translate flesh into iridescent fireworks that blaze across the paper's white expanse.
Women were always his magnificent obsession. The globes and undulations of their bodies, their hills and valleys, eclipse the beauty of any landscape - each womanly form a veritable world to be worshipped and, inevitably, painted.
He was also drawn to flowers and the essence of what they do rather than what they are. The flowers, foliage and reflections fuse with their background in a series of what he termed "elusive lost and found edges".
Fort was born in Sydney and underwent his initial art training at the Newtown Commercial College and Joe Halloway's Studio. He served in an army survey unit during World War II, after which he resumed his studies with Hal Missingham and Roy Dalgarno at the Studio of Realist Art.
He also studied set design at the New South Wales National Opera School under Robin Lovejoy and painted scenery for the Sydney's Elizabethan and Independent theatres.
Fort joined the Nine Network as senior set designer in 1957. For twenty years his creativity and resource occupied the television screen across the nation, creating a benchmark with extremely broad canvas and a rewarding audience. Fort also worked as art director on several feature films. It was during this period that, of necessity, he mastered the genre of Trompe I'oeil. Although he drew inspiration from innovative set designers, he nonetheless admired the austerity of ancient Greek plays which were devoid of theatrical props. The Greeks, he said, exploited the dramatic impact of the environment in which they sited their amphitheatres. The return to the spontaneity of watercolours was always a joy for him - and the supremacy of art and pursuit of excellence always his main concerns. In his quest for greater technical expertise and accomplishment, he studied Sumi-e painting with Hoozan Matsumoto. "The traditional brush painting of the Chinese and Japanese and their regard for the use of white paper was of great value to me" he said'.
As much as the artistry of Japan charmed him, he ws also drawn to Europe, especially Greece, exploring the islands, sketching intensively and, on his return, translating his impressions into watercolours. He seemed to internalise elements of the Greek landscape and architecture; classical elements, rites of passage and a sense of ancient mystery have emerged as motifs in his work.

Coleman Marion E Dreweview full entry

Reference: see Witherell’s auction, 17.5.18, lot 65: Framed oil on canvas, "San Miguel Hills" by Marion E. Drewe Coleman (1867-1950) depicting grazing cows on a hillside above a sunny valley. Signed lower right, "Marion Coleman". Handwritten on stretcher bars verso, "San Miguel Hills, No. 1". Dimensions: (canvas) 18"h x 22"w; (framed) 26.5"h x 30"w. Coleman was born in Australia but married in California and was known for her Western landscapes and cowboy paintings.

National Picture Theview full entry

Reference: The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works . (The focus is on works by Benjamin Duterrau but works by numerous other artists are included). Some biographical information on artists contained within the essays. All works illustrated. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.

Duterrau Benjaminview full entry

Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.

Yilpinjiview full entry

Reference: Yilpinji, Love Magic Ceremony, folio of 15 prints edition 6/99. Artists from Balgo Hills, Lajamanu and Yuendumu. Cooee Art copy:

Description: This suite of prints was produced after extensive workshops held in Yuendumu, Lajamanu and Balgo Hills amongst Warlpiri arists who were asked to explore the theme of Love Magic. Many individual artists paint their country and Dreamings but it is unusual for a group of artists to express a common theme such as this. Â Â Â Â The prints in this portfolio were selected from a body of 30 works that comprised the exhibition, Yilpinji Love Magic & Ceremony which toured nationally and internationally
Dimensions: 56 x 76 cm each
Artist or Maker: Artists from Balgo Hills, Lajamanu and Yuendumu
Medium: A folio of 15 limited edition prints on paper Edn Nos. 7/99 in a buckram bound box with cover sheet
Date: 2003
Exhibited: Australian Museum NSW, Australiaâs Outback Gallery NSW, Darwin Entertainment Centre Gallery NT, Thornquest Gallery Qld, Damien Minton Gallery NSW, Flinders University City Gallery SA, Stephanie Burns Fine Art ACT, Art Mob Tas, Japingka Gallery WA, Fire-Works Gallery Qld Alcheringa Gallery Canada, Rebecca Hossack Gallery UK,Fisketorvet Denmark,The Orangery Sweden, Bruunâs Galleri Aarhus Denmark, Galerie Dad France Australian Embassy, France, Highpoint Centre USA, Kluge Rhue Collection USA
Literature: Folio accompanied by a comprehensive catalogue detailing the artists and the stories associated with each print and cross-referencing the images with the social and cultural issues they raise.
Provenance: Commissioned and Published by the Australian Art Print Network Print Makers: Basil Hall Editions, NT Editions Tremblay, Qld Published by the Australian Art Print Network, NSW
Ref: 1000

Bartlett Violetview full entry

Reference: Violet Bartlett (late 19th/early 20th century Australian) Oil on canvas Kookaburra perched on a branch, signed lower right, 34cm x 24cm, At COTSWOLD AUCTION COMPANY UK 27 May 2018, lot 426. [Notes: Violet Bartlett was a friend of the anthropologist and sketcher Olive Pink. She was part of the vibrant Sydney art scene in the years between the two World Wars. An accomplished artist, her speciality was native birds of Australia, especially Kookaburras, of which the present work is a fine example.]

Brownrigg Maria Caroline 1812-1880view full entry

Reference: see National Portrait Gallery for An Evening at Yarra Cottage 1857

Linden Van der Barbaraview full entry

Reference: see faces of Canberra by Barbara van der Linden. [’"The 'Faces of Canberra ' project is my contribution to the 2013 Canberra Centenary Celebrations. I am painting portraits of the people who make Canberra a unique and interesting place to live. The local Canberra community were also invited to nominate portrait subjects. Most portraits have had an unveiling event. Each event was organised not just to present the paintings but to celebrate each individual portrayed, as well as their life and the contribution they have made to the Canberra community, a sort of mini 'This is your Life'. For example Mal Meninga's portrait was unveiled at a Raiders game, Stasia Dabrowska's unveiling was sponsored by lifeline at the 'Women with Spirit' Awards. On 9 May 2013 all 30 portraits come together in an exhibition at M16 Artspace, 21 Blaxland Cres Griffith, ACT. The exhibition runs from the 9 to 26 May 2013. The exhibition has been funded by the Canberra Centenary Initiatives Fund. Tuggeranong Arts Centre, Lanyon is sponsoring a second showing of the 'Faces of Canberra' exhibition at the Lanyon Homestead from 3 to 29 July 2013. There is an accompanying 'Faces of Canberra' publication of the portraits and the portrait subjects stories as well as a documentary of the progress of the 3 year project."--www.barbart.com.au.
Contents
The project
Project subjects. Barbera van der Linden; Frank Arnold; Brett Bailey; Francesco Calabria; Mark Carmody; Stephen Collins; Stasia Dabrowska; Paul Daley; Annette Ellis; Laura Grande; Stephen Harrison; Tara James; Alan Jessop; Michael Le Grand; Jennifer Kemarre Martinello; Mal Meninga; Sandra Moffat; Nina O'Connell; Coralie Wood & Charles Oliver; Rafe Morris; Jon Stanhope; Sylvie Stern; Iain Stokes; Tim, the yowie man Gotta have friends. Jenny Richards; Juliet Martens; Wendy Atkins; Jo Hein’]
Publishing details: Canberra, Australian Capital Territory] [Barbara van der Linden], [2013]. 56pp

dancing with the moonview full entry

Reference: see Timothy Cook : dancing with the moon / Seva Frangos with contributions by Glenn Iseger-Pilkington, Bruce McLean, Quentin Sprague, Judith Ryan. Frangos, Seva, (author.)

Publishing details: Crawley, Western Australia : UWA Publishing, 2015. 184 pages : colour illustrations, colour portraits, colour maps ;

Aboriginal Artview full entry

Reference: see Timothy Cook : dancing with the moon / Seva Frangos with contributions by Glenn Iseger-Pilkington, Bruce McLean, Quentin Sprague, Judith Ryan. Frangos, Seva, (author.)

Publishing details: Crawley, Western Australia : UWA Publishing, 2015. 184 pages : colour illustrations, colour portraits, colour maps ;

Behind the doorsview full entry

Reference: Behind the doors : an art history from Yuendumu / Philip Jones, with Warlukurlangu Artists. [to be indexed]

Publishing details: Adelaide SA : South Australian Museum in association with Wakefield Press,
211 pages
Ref: 1000

Aboriginal Artview full entry

Reference: see Behind the doors : an art history from Yuendumu / Philip Jones, with Warlukurlangu Artists.

Publishing details: Adelaide SA : South Australian Museum in association with Wakefield Press,
211 pages

Wesfarmers Contemporary Collectionview full entry

Reference: see Luminous world : contemporary art from the Wesfarmers collection. Exhibition 10 April - 29 June 2014, National Library of Australia, Canberra. Exhibition launched at the National Library of Australia by Michael Leunig on 9 April 2014. [’Art of: 50 artists from Australia and New Zealand including: Susan Norrie, Rosemary Laing, Howard Taylor, Dale Frank, Paddy Bedford, Fiona Pardington, Brian Blanchflower, Brook Andrew, Timothy Cook and Nyapanyapa Yunupingu. -- Website.
Notes "A Wesfarmers exhibition in association with the Art Gallery of Western Australia and Fremantle Press".
"Art Gallery of Western Australia, 20 October 2012 - 11 February 2013".
"As the curator of the Wesfarmers Collection and this exhibition, Helen Carroll has commissioned artistic contributions for the accompanying catalogue publication from the artist Bill Henson, the poet John Kinsella and composer Richard Mills"--Website.
Featuring essays and poetry by Bill Henson, Richard Mills and John Kinsella ---Penguin website
Publishing details: Perth, Western Australia : Wesfarmers Limited, 2012,
177 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour). Includes index.

Borland Pollyview full entry

Reference: You.
Publishing details: Melbourne, Australia : Perimeter Editions, [2013]
©2013
1 volume (unpaged) : colour illustrations ; Perimeter Editions 004 Edition of 1000.
Ref: 1000

Newman Elizabethview full entry

Reference: Elizabeth Newman : more than what there is / edited by Fayen d'Evie and Elizabeth Newman ; design by Warren Taylor
Bib ID 6291066
Format Book [text, still image, volume]
Description Melbourne : 3-ply, 2013
185 pages : colour illustrations, photographs and portraits ; 29 cm
ISBN 9780987355515
Notes Edition of 1000.
Texts by Damiano Bertoli, Kate Briggs, Juan Davila, Michael Graf, Geoff Lowe (with Jacqueline Riva), Elizabeth Newman, Chris Sharp and Eve Sullivan.
Ref: 1000

Hutton F F in Australia 1850-59view full entry

Reference: represented in the NGA

Skipper J M in Australia from 1836view full entry

Reference: represented in the NGA

Jackson Robert in Australia c1870view full entry

Reference: examples of his fern stencils are in the NGA.

Steele Liaview full entry

Reference: Eden, by Lia Steele (portrait photographs) [’“One of the strange things about living in the world is that it is only now and then one is quite sure one is going to live forever and ever and ever.” – Frances Hodgson Burnett, The Secret Garden.
Eden consists of a series of portraits taken throughout Australia. The series originates from an obsessive curiosity into the transitory stage of youth and a human relationship with nature.
In each headshot the subject, (a young person on the cusp of adulthood), is placed unclothed in a naturalistic setting and stares blankly at the camera. With no evidence of the subjects’ context (apart from tattoos or piercings) the images focus on the sincere and almost romantic beauty of the youth. The subjects’ gaze, although neutral, can be viewed as a response to the tension between photographer and subject and also the experience of vulnerability caused by being unclothed.
By referencing the biblical Garden of Eden, and by placing young people in edenic backgrounds, I am depicting youth as a time of purity and innocence, an unspoiled paradise. The images are taken with a protective tenderness and present themselves as an almost personal insight into the subject, however the composition of the photographs and the subjects’ lack of expression, leave the viewer to observe curiously from the outside looking in, and to lament upon the sanctity of human life.’]
Publishing details: Bambra Press, Lia Steele, 2010, 2nd edition, limited to 50 copies, this is number 43.

Prout John Skinnerview full entry

Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.

Bock Thomasview full entry

Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.

Glover Johnview full entry

Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.

Browne Thomas photographerview full entry

Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.

Frankland George after (panels)view full entry

Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.

Robinson George Augustus drawingsview full entry

Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.

Laing Henry Cape Barren Island 1831view full entry

Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.

de Wesselow Francis Simpkinsonview full entry

Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.

Maynard Rickyview full entry

Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.

Gough Julieview full entry

Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.

Napier Thomasview full entry

Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.

Legalleview full entry

Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.

Gould W Bview full entry

Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.

Law Benjaminview full entry

Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.

Gauci M lithographer of Bock’s portraitsview full entry

Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.

Merrett Charles p127 199view full entry

Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.

Neill Robertview full entry

Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.

Stanley Charlesview full entry

Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.

Mace Violet ceramicstview full entry

Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.

Parr Geoffview full entry

Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.

Bennett Gordonview full entry

Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.

Gilson Marleneview full entry

Reference: see The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War. Published to coincide with the exhibition at the NGA which travelled to TMAG and QVMAG. With essays by Tim Bonyhady, Greg Lehman. Includes list of works (by Duterrau and numerous outher artists). Some biographical information on artists contained in essays. [’‘Benjamin Duterrau and his National picture project are at the core of this publication because he was the colonial artist most interested in Tasmania’s Aboriginal people, and the only artist who chose to depict, on a substantial scale, their conciliation or pacification by George Augustus Robinson’, writes Tim Bonyhady and Greg Lehman in their introduction to The National Picture: The Art of Tasmania’s Black War.
The fresh research presented by Bonyhady and Lehman in this insightful new book from the National Gallery of Australia will no doubt tantalise art lovers and historians alike. It will also appeal to anyone interested in Australia’s colonial past and in the ongoing interrogation of the historical record by Aboriginal artists and activists. Bonyhady and Lehman’s introduction continues: ‘For Tasmanian Aboriginal people today, Duterrau’s paintings provide a tantalising and rare visual record of the unique culture practice of their ancestors. Robinson’s journals offer written descriptions of activities, such as spear-making and throwing, kangaroo hunting and ceremonial dance, accompanied by only a scattering of small, often crude sketches, which are vitally important firsthand observations’.
This publication serves to conjure up and interrogate Tasmania’s colonial past. Colonial representations of Tasmanian Aboriginal people are among the most remarkable and contentious expressions of Australian colonial art. The National Picture sheds new light on the under-examined figures in this difficult narrative: colonial artist Benjamin Duterrau, the controversial George Augustus Robinson and the Tasmanian Aboriginal people upon whose land the British settled.
‘]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2018, pb, 256pp. With index.

Indigenous expressionsview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Williams Kevinview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Thorne Chrisview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Atkinson Cliveview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Egan Barbaraview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Appo Candy Lynetteview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Baxter Jeanview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Egan Calindaview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Egan Oswaldview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Hunt Tinaview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Kirby Sharonview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Taylor Russellview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Jones Rayleenview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Andrews Veronica Jview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Kirby Leanneview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Hayes Glendaview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Sumner Ritaview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Branson Pamelaview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Douglas Georginaview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Bromage Anthonyview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Mathews Peterview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

May Lisaview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Clarke Debbieview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Clarke Fionaview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Couzens Vickiview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Edwards Byronview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Proctor Trevorview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Couzens Gavin Cview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Murphy Michaelview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Tabulkview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

McKinnon Brian (Tabulk)view full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Edwards Leann Jeanview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Ross Brettview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Darroch Leeview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Thomas Rayview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Harrison Williamview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Mullett Narbyview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Harrison Francesview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Kennedy Lisaview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Brown Donnaview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Williams Kathrynview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Young Marleneview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Jose Ellenview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Jose Ellenview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Idagi Ricardoview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Johnston Lynview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Johnston Saschaview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Haddock Samview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Johnston Shannonview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Haddock Shiloview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Edwards Maryview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Davies Melanieview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Appo Jasonview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Oram Alfredview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Alsop Cindyview full entry

Reference: Indigenous expressions : a catalogue showcasing Victorian contemporary Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists designed for buyers / Arts Victoria. 44 postcards in box. The selection of cards cover a broad visual arts spectrum to include: paintings, ceramics, glasswork, textiles, weapons, furniture, didjeridoos and emu eggs. Each card illustrated with the work of an artist. No biographical information. But cards generally include addresses and telephone numbers of artists or their galleries or agents.
Publishing details: Southbank, Vic. : Arts Victoria, [2000?]. [44] cards (in case) : col. ill. ; 11 x 22 cm. Rare. Not in NLA.

Western Australian Artview full entry

Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits

Snell Tedview full entry

Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits

Alberts Tomview full entry

Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits

Snell Tedview full entry

Reference: Ted Snell : painting, 1988-89 : October 27-November 17, Galerie Düsseldorf.

Publishing details: Galerie Düsseldorf, 890 Hay St, Perth WA 6000.
Bibliography: leaf p. [15]
Ref: 1000

Baker Suview full entry

Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits

Blanchflower Brianview full entry

Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits

Chambers Douglasview full entry

Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits

Cinnani Cathyview full entry

Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits

Larsen Lidija Dombrovskaview full entry

Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits

Fardin Gallianoview full entry

Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits

Fitzallen Chrisview full entry

Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits

Haass Marieview full entry

Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits

Hayim Andrewview full entry

Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits

Iwanoff Michaelview full entry

Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits

Kempson Jillview full entry

Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits

Koning Theoview full entry

Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits

Moore Maryview full entry

Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits

Paul Johnview full entry

Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits

Stannage Miriamview full entry

Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits

Tonello Patriziaview full entry

Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits

Tring Valerieview full entry

Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits

Wiebke Karlview full entry

Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits

Wroth Ianview full entry

Reference: see The Painted Image - Western Australian Art No. 1 by Ted Snell, editor. (Twenty Contemporary Western Australian Painters). Includes biographical essays on each artist.

[Western Australian Art No.1 - This is the first in a series of books which surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that painters in this state have adopted.]

[’The book surveys the exciting breadth of experimentation and approach that Western Australian painters have adopted. It records the incredible diversity and range of approach evident in the work of artists whose age and experience match the scope of their ambitions as artists. It does not ignore the more established artists nor does it overlook the younger generation, in fact the selected artists age and exhibition history covers the gamut between recent graduates and living treasures. Notes‘]
Publishing details: Visual Culture Research Unit, Curtin University of Technology, 1991. 104 pages : colour illustrations, portraits

Butler Rexview full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Smith Bernard - European vision and the South Pacific view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Burn Ian - The necessity of Australian art / Ian , Nigel Lendon, Charles Merewether and Ann Stephen
view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Lendon Nigel - The necessity of Australian art / Ian Burn, Nigel Lendon, Charles Merewether and Ann Stephen
view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Merewether Charles - The necessity of Australian art / Ian Burn, Nigel Lendon, Charles Merewether and Ann Stephen
view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Stephen Ann - The necessity of Australian art / Ian Burn, Nigel Lendon, Charles Merewether and Ann Stephen
view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Beilharz Peter - Imagining the antipodes view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Smith Bernard - Interview with Bernard Smith / Rex Butler
view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Carter Paul - Footings: the mythopoeic foundations of imperial time

view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Mundine Djon Interview with by Rex Butler
view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Croft Belinda L In my father's house view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

war in art Remembering by Anne Gray
view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

First Fleet artists: encounters by Paul Carter

view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Watling Thomas : this prison this language by Ross Gibson
view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Lycett Joseph : exposing the lie of terra nullius / Jeanette Hoorn
view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Earle Augustus : colonial eyes transformed / Leonard Bell
view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Glover John : the limits of redemption / Ian McLean

view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Duterrau Benjamin : the first Aboriginal memorial / Tim Bonyhady

view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

von Guérard Eugen : possession and dispossession / Nicholas Thomas

view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Buvelot Louis : the melancholy landscape / Tim Bonyhady.

view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Roberts Tom : 'Where the sun never set' / Virginia Spate

view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Streeton Arthur : shadows and symbols / Anne Gray

view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Heidelberg School in a new millenium / Juliette Peers
view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Preston Margaret at home' / Catriona Moore
view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Nolan Sidney : landscaping and modern life / Ian Burn

view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Namatjira Albert : the white mask / Ian Burn and Ann Stephen

view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Brack John : the forgotten people / Chris McAuliffe

view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Williams Fred : the Australian landscape through Derrida's eyes / John Lechte
view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Dawson Janet : sightings / Mary Eagle

view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Field The - After 'The Field' / Keith Broadfoot

view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Brown Mike : waiting for post-modernism / Richard Haese

view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Smith Joshua - Of love and modernity: the lament of Joshua Smith / Kate Briggs
view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Bennett Gordon : the joker in the pack / Ian Mclean

view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Bennett Gordon : Questions of ethics, aesthetics and historicism in Gordon Bennett's painting: a reply to Ian Mclean / Toni Ross

view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Cruickshank Alan : blurred boundaries / Ian North
view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Colonial art - Colonial quotations / Joan Kerr
view full entry

Reference: see Radical Revisionism - An Anthology of Writings on Australian Art in the 1980s and 1990s. Edited by Rex Butler. Foreword by Michael Snelling. [’A selection of the most important recent writings on Australian art which questions what is the proper role for art history? Is it merely to chronicle the truth of the past or is it actively to intervene in the events of records?’] Sequel to the earlier work also edited by Rex Butler, 'What Is Appropriation?'. Includes bibliographical references. Includes notes on contributors.
Publishing details: Institute of Modern Art, 2005. 308 p. ;ill. (some col.)

Australian Drawing Biennale 1998.view full entry

Reference: Australian Drawing Biennale. 12 artists represented. Includes artists’ biographies and essays on each artist.
Publishing details: Canberra : Australian National Gallery, Drill Hall Gallery, 1998, 42 pages

Bennett Gordon view full entry

Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale. 12 artists represented. Includes artists’ biographies and essays on each artist.
Publishing details: Canberra : Australian National Gallery, Drill Hall Gallery, 1998, 42 pages

Borgelt Marion view full entry

Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale. 12 artists represented. Includes artists’ biographies and essays on each artist.
Publishing details: Canberra : Australian National Gallery, Drill Hall Gallery, 1998, 42 pages

Brack John view full entry

Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale. 12 artists represented. Includes artists’ biographies and essays on each artist.
Publishing details: Canberra : Australian National Gallery, Drill Hall Gallery, 1998, 42 pages

Eaton Janenne view full entry

Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale. 12 artists represented. Includes artists’ biographies and essays on each artist.
Publishing details: Canberra : Australian National Gallery, Drill Hall Gallery, 1998, 42 pages

Furlonger Joe view full entry

Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale. 12 artists represented. Includes artists’ biographies and essays on each artist.
Publishing details: Canberra : Australian National Gallery, Drill Hall Gallery, 1998, 42 pages

Koning Theo view full entry

Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale. 12 artists represented. Includes artists’ biographies and essays on each artist.
Publishing details: Canberra : Australian National Gallery, Drill Hall Gallery, 1998, 42 pages

Kruger Elisabeth view full entry

Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale. 12 artists represented. Includes artists’ biographies and essays on each artist.
Publishing details: Canberra : Australian National Gallery, Drill Hall Gallery, 1998, 42 pages

Lovegrove Sue view full entry

Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale. 12 artists represented. Includes artists’ biographies and essays on each artist.
Publishing details: Canberra : Australian National Gallery, Drill Hall Gallery, 1998, 42 pages

Maudsley Helen view full entry

Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale. 12 artists represented. Includes artists’ biographies and essays on each artist.
Publishing details: Canberra : Australian National Gallery, Drill Hall Gallery, 1998, 42 pages

Robinson William view full entry

Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale. 12 artists represented. Includes artists’ biographies and essays on each artist.
Publishing details: Canberra : Australian National Gallery, Drill Hall Gallery, 1998, 42 pages

Taylor Howard ,view full entry

Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale. 12 artists represented. Includes artists’ biographies and essays on each artist.
Publishing details: Canberra : Australian National Gallery, Drill Hall Gallery, 1998, 42 pages

Wei Guan . view full entry

Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale. 12 artists represented. Includes artists’ biographies and essays on each artist.
Publishing details: Canberra : Australian National Gallery, Drill Hall Gallery, 1998, 42 pages

Australian drawing biennale 2000.view full entry

Reference: Australian Drawing Biennale (3rd : 2000 : Canberra). 13 artists included.
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2000], 42pp
Ref: 1000

Olsen, John, 1928-view full entry

Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale (3rd : 2000 : Canberra). 13 artists included.
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2000], 42pp

Amor, Rick, 1948-view full entry

Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale (3rd : 2000 : Canberra). 13 artists included.
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2000], 42pp

Wallace-Crabbe, Robin, 1938-view full entry

Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale (3rd : 2000 : Canberra). 13 artists included.
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2000], 42pp

Allen, Davida.view full entry

Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale (3rd : 2000 : Canberra). 13 artists included.
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2000], 42pp

Petyarre, Gloria, 1942-view full entry

Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale (3rd : 2000 : Canberra). 13 artists included.
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2000], 42pp

Wedge, H. J. (Harry J.)view full entry

Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale (3rd : 2000 : Canberra). 13 artists included.
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2000], 42pp

Eager, Helen, 1952-view full entry

Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale (3rd : 2000 : Canberra). 13 artists included.
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2000], 42pp

Hattam, Katherine, 1950-
view full entry

Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale (3rd : 2000 : Canberra). 13 artists included.
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2000], 42pp

Burns, Stephanie, 1962-
view full entry

Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale (3rd : 2000 : Canberra). 13 artists included.
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2000], 42pp

Day, Phil, 1973-view full entry

Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale (3rd : 2000 : Canberra). 13 artists included.
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2000], 42pp

Hallandal, Pam, 1929-view full entry

Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale (3rd : 2000 : Canberra). 13 artists included.
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2000], 42pp

Jian, Guo, 1963-view full entry

Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale (3rd : 2000 : Canberra). 13 artists included.
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2000], 42pp

MacLeod Euan
view full entry

Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale (3rd : 2000 : Canberra). 13 artists included.
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2000], 42pp

Australian Drawing Biennale 1996 view full entry

Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale 1996 (First).
Brown, Jan, 1922-
Buchanan, Meg, 1949-
Churcher, Roy, 1933-
Dabro, Ante, 1938-
Herel, Petr, 1943-
Myshkin, Tanya, 1961-
Payne, Patsy, 1955-
Pratt, John, 1952-
Rhodes, Frances, 1959-
Taylor, Ben, 1960-
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [1996], c45pp
Ref: 1000

Australian Drawing Biennale 2004view full entry

Reference: see The Australian Drawing Biennale 2004
Roy Ananda, Godwin Bradbeer, Adam Cullen, Fan Dongwang, Dianne Fogwell, Natalya Hughes, Mike Parr, Jan Senbergs, Ken Whisson, Gosia Wlodarczak
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2004], c45pp
Ref: 1000

Australian Drawing Biennale 2006view full entry

Reference: see Sixth drawing biennale / [curators, Nancy Sever and Tony Oates] 2006. Ian Abdulla, Vernon Ah Kee, John Beard, Yvonne Boag, Denise Green, Euan Heng, Robert Macpherson, Peter Maloney, Aida Tomescu, John Wolsely / [curators Nancy Severs & Tony Oates.
Canberra : ANU Drill Hall Gallery,
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2006], 51pp
Ref: 1000

Australian Drawing Biennale 2008view full entry

Reference: see Seventh drawing biennale - Kevin Connor, George Davis, Rachel Ellis, Hendrik Kolenberg, Kevin Lincoln, Sallie Moffatt, Nick Mourtzakis, Jim Paterson, Ana Pollak, John Scurry, Susan Stamp, Michelle Zuccolo.
Publishing details: Australian National University Drill Hall Gallery, [2008], 68pp
Ref: 1000

Dehle Elizabethview full entry

Reference: See Gowans auction Hobart, Tasmania, Saturday 19th May 2018, Lot 41: RARE BRONZE SIGNED & DATED 1946 BY EARLY TASMANIAN ARTIST & SCULPTOR ELIZABETH DEHLE (ASSISTANT TO WELL KNOWN AUSTRALIAN SCULPTOR RAYNER HOFF). THIS BRONZE WAS BELIEVED TO HAVE WON A GOLD MEDAL AT THE 1946 ROYAL SCOTTISH ACADEMY ANNUAL EXHIBITION. IT WAS CATALOGUED AS "THE ARRIVAL" EXHIBITED BY MS ELIZABETH DEHLE - 34CM

Blackman Barbaraview full entry

Reference: Portrait of a Friendship - the Letters of Barbara Blackman and Judith Wright 1950 - 2000, edited by Bryony Cosgrove
Publishing details: Miegunyah Press, c2007
xvii, 637 p.
Ref: 1000

This Way Upview full entry

Reference: This Way Up - An exhibition series of recent abstract paintings from the collection of the Australian National University. Artists:

Peter Adsett Micky Allan Justin Andrews Zöe Avis Emma Beer Vivienne Binns Julie Brooke Julia Castiglioni Bradshaw Claudia Chaseling Liz Coats Jodie Cunningham Fernando Do Campo Marie Hagerty Greg Hodge Karena Keys Richard Larter Fiona Little Sue Lovegrove Liang Luscombe Peter Maloney Tye McBride Suzanne Moss Geoff Newton Derek O'Connor Rachel Jessie-Rae O’Connor Elena Papanikolakis Dionisia Salas Hammer Helen Shelley Kerry Shepherdson Noël Skrzypczak Gary Smith Bryan Spier Aria Stone Frank Thirion Elefteria Vlavianos Paul Wotherspoon Dan Zhu

Publishing details: ANU, (2010?)
Ref: 1000

Making Tracksview full entry

Reference: Making Tracks - An exhibition by alumni from the ANU School of Art Sculpture Workshop. 17 artists included.
Publishing details: ANU, 2013,
Ref: 1000

Australian & New Zealand Journal of Artview full entry

Reference: Published twice yearly. Vol. 8 (2007) and v. 10 (2010) each consist of one no. only. [all to be indexed] AVAILABLE ONLINE.
Publishing details: Canberra, A.C.T.] : Art Association of Australia and New Zealand, 2000-
v. : ill. 24 cm.
Ref: 1000

Uneasy - recent South Australian artview full entry

Reference: Uneasy : recent South Australian art : an exhibition / by Timothy Morrell. Catalogue of the exhibition held 20 June-17 Aug., 2008, at the Anne & Gordon Samstag Museum of Art, Adelaide.
Publishing details: Adelaide : Anne & Gordon Samstag Museum of Art, University of South Australia, [2008]
47 p. : col. ill.
Ref: 1000

Hottest Gallery in the World Theview full entry

Reference: The Hottest Gallery in the World - 10 years at 24HR Art (1990-2000). [text by Malcolm McKinnon]. Includes bibliographical references (p. 64) [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Darwin : 24HR Art, Darwin, 2001
64 p. : ill., ports

Clark Tonyview full entry

Reference: Tony Clark - Public and Private Painting 1982 - 1998, by Max Delany, Robyn McKenzie, Graham Forsyth
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1998
48 p. : ill., some col.
Ref: 1000

In Place (Out of Time)view full entry

Reference: In Place (Out of Time) - Contemporary Art in Australia. curated by Howard Morphy and David Elliott ; edited by Rebecca Coates and Howard Morphy ; with essays by Howard Morphy ... [et al.], Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Museum of Modern Art, Oxford, 20 July-2 Nov. 1997. [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art Oxford, 1997, 56 p. : ill. (some col.) ;
Ref: 1000

Nona Dennisview full entry

Reference: Sesserae - the works of Dennis Nona. Exhibition catalogue of prints by Dennis Nona, subjects include installations, rain, wind, spirit charms, totems, ceremony, food, traditional stories, hunting, medicine, life and death, with related stories accompanying images; includes brief biographical details of artist.
Notes Introduction by Simon Wright.
Curated by SP Wright.
An exhibition held at the Dell Gallery, Queensland College of the Art, Griffith University between 3 June - 10 July 2005.
Includes bibliographical references (p. [88]).
Publishing details: Griffith Artworks, c2005
[88] p. : ill. (some col.), maps
Ref: 1000

Bell Richard view full entry

Reference: Richard Bell - Uz vs. Them by ‪Maura Reilly‪, Richard Bell, Djon Mundine‬ [’Richard Bell, one of Australia's most collectable leading contemporary artists, has established a significant reputation as a political commentator and an "enfant terrible” in Indigenous art over the past two decades. This stunningly illustrated catalogue features more than 26 colour plates of his provocative and often humorous works. With their bold use of images and text, they force viewers to face the troubling issue of racism in Australia.

Bell’s inspiration is complex and multi-layered. He is an avid appropriator, borrowing from other artists, periods, and cultures, including Roy Lichtenstein, Jasper Johns, Jackson Pollock, and Aboriginal painter Emily Kam Kngwarreye, among others. He works across a wide range of media, including painting, performance, and video, producing powerful messages that confront and unsettle: about Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal Australians’ relationship to each other, about their country’s history and about art itself.’]
Publishing details: ‪American Federation of Arts, 2011, 80 pages‬, hc, dw

This Way Upview full entry

Reference: This way up : abstract works from the La Trobe University Art Collection / Bundoora Homestead Arts Centre. Essay by Dr. Alana O'Brien. [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Bundoora [Vic.] : La Trobe Art Museum and Collections, 2008
[6] p. ;
Ref: 1000

Bresciani Diview full entry

Reference: Di Bresciani : compositions in colour / with contributions by Pam Kershaw ... [et al.] ; curated by Sue Smith. [’The paintings of Di Bresciani, artist and musician, are currently exhibited at the Perc Tucker Regional Gallery in Townsville to coincide with the renowned Australian Festival of Chamber Music. Texts in this multiauthored, richly colour illustrated publication focus on relationships between music and art and colour and sound.’]
Publishing details: Melbourne : Macmillan, 2012
175 p. : col. ill. ; 31 cm.
Ref: 1000

Djalkiri wangaview full entry

Reference: Djalkiri wanga = The land is my foundation : 50 years of Aboriginal art from Yirrkala, Northeast Arnhem Land / Gillian Hutcherson. Catalogue of an exhibition first exhibited at the Lawrence Wilson Art Gallery, University of Western Australia, July 1995. Text partly based on research undertaken by Ronald and Catherine Berndt in 1946-1947.
Bibliography: p. 50. [to be indexed]
Publishing details: The University of W.A. Berndt Museum of Anthropology, c1995
52 p. : ill. (chiefly col.), maps
Ref: 1000

Tagari Liaview full entry

Reference: Tagari Lia - Contemporary Aboriginal art 1990 : from Australia / [essay Terry Smith] "This exhibition is part of Tagari Lia: My Family -Contemporary Aboriginal Arts from Australia, Glasgow 1990'. [to be indexed]

Publishing details: Redfern, N.S.W. : Aboriginal Arts Management Association in association with Third Eye Centre, 1990
20 p. : ill. (some col.) ; 25 cm.
Ref: 1000

Aboriginal artview full entry

Reference: see Tagari Lia - Contemporary Aboriginal art 1990 : from Australia / [essay Terry Smith] "This exhibition is part of Tagari Lia: My Family -Contemporary Aboriginal Arts from Australia, Glasgow 1990'.

Publishing details: Redfern, N.S.W. : Aboriginal Arts Management Association in association with Third Eye Centre, 1990
20 p. : ill. (some col.) ; 25 cm.

Aboriginal artview full entry

Reference: see Djalkiri wanga = The land is my foundation : 50 years of Aboriginal art from Yirrkala, Northeast Arnhem Land / Gillian Hutcherson. Catalogue of an exhibition first exhibited at the Lawrence Wilson Art Gallery, University of Western Australia, July 1995. Text partly based on research undertaken by Ronald and Catherine Berndt in 1946-1947.
Bibliography: p. 50
Publishing details: The University of W.A. Berndt Museum of Anthropology, c1995
52 p. : ill. (chiefly col.), maps

Aboriginal artview full entry

Reference: Djalkiri wanga = The land is my foundation : 50 years of Aboriginal art from Yirrkala, Northeast Arnhem Land / Gillian Hutcherson. Catalogue of an exhibition first exhibited at the Lawrence Wilson Art Gallery, University of Western Australia, July 1995. Text partly based on research undertaken by Ronald and Catherine Berndt in 1946-1947.
Bibliography: p. 50
Publishing details: The University of W.A. Berndt Museum of Anthropology, c1995
52 p. : ill. (chiefly col.), maps

Kevin Hill’s Top Ten Australian Artistsview full entry

Reference: Kevin Hill's top ten Australian Artist for the new millennium 2000 - A special edition of only printed .Artists: Peter Anderson. Kevin Best, John Dynon, Werner Filipich, Les Graham, Pro Hart, Otto Kuster, Max Mannix, Gayle Russell, john Vander

Publishing details: Kevin Hill, 2000, hc. Edition of 1000. 67 pages.
Ref: 1000

Nikolic Tomislavview full entry

Reference: see Look magazine, May-June 2018, short article
Publishing details: Art Gallery Society of NSW, May-June 2018

Teague Violet portrait of Margaret Alice 1900view full entry

Reference: see Look magazine, May-June 2018, article by Denise Mimmocchi
Publishing details: Art Gallery Society of NSW, May-June 2018

Bardon Geoff article onview full entry

Reference: see Long Water - Aboriginal Art & Literature Annual 1988. Edited by Ulli Beier and Colin Johnson
Publishing details: Aborigonal Arists Agency, 1988, pb, 119pp

Papunya Tula Art article onview full entry

Reference: see Long Water - Aboriginal Art & Literature Annual 1988. Edited by Ulli Beier and Colin Johnson
Publishing details: Aborigonal Arists Agency, 1988, pb, 119pp

Meeks Raymond J article onview full entry

Reference: see Long Water - Aboriginal Art & Literature Annual 1988. Edited by Ulli Beier and Colin Johnson
Publishing details: Aborigonal Arists Agency, 1988, pb, 119pp

Thancoupie article onview full entry

Reference: see Long Water - Aboriginal Art & Literature Annual 1988. Edited by Ulli Beier and Colin Johnson
Publishing details: Aborigonal Arists Agency, 1988, pb, 119pp

Tutama Tjapangarti article onview full entry

Reference: see Long Water - Aboriginal Art & Literature Annual 1988. Edited by Ulli Beier and Colin Johnson
Publishing details: Aborigonal Arists Agency, 1988, pb, 119pp

Tjapangarti Tutama article onview full entry

Reference: see Long Water - Aboriginal Art & Literature Annual 1988. Edited by Ulli Beier and Colin Johnson
Publishing details: Aborigonal Arists Agency, 1988, pb, 119pp

Pike Jimmy article onview full entry

Reference: see Long Water - Aboriginal Art & Literature Annual 1988. Edited by Ulli Beier and Colin Johnson
Publishing details: Aborigonal Arists Agency, 1988, pb, 119pp

Photofile - Beauty editionview full entry

Reference: Photofile Beauty edition, number thirty, Winter 1990
Publishing details: Australian Centre for Photography, 1990,

Photography nude Australiaview full entry

Reference: see Photofile Beauty edition, number thirty, Winter 1990
Publishing details: Australian Centre for Photography, 1990,

Baker Bview full entry

Reference: see Barsby’s auction, Sydney, 2 may, 2018, lot 487: B. Barker "The American Fleet" Entering Sydney Harbour 20th August 1908, oil on board, signed lower right, 19cm x 44cm. The Great White Fleet was the popular nickname for the powerful United States Navy battle fleet that completed a journey around the globe. [An amusing,primitive style oil painting showing the fleet in formation with the Heads in the background].

Poynter Maudeview full entry

Reference: ‪Maude Poynter Painter and Potter‬‬ by Glenda King. Includes bibliography, references and notes. [The life of Maude Poynter and her involvement in the decorative arts through painting and art pottery]. Publication coincides with ‘The Life and Work of Maude Poynter - A major exhibition of the life and work of Maude Poynter (1869 - 1945), a pioneering Australian studio potter.
Maude Poynter studied at leading London art schools before coming to Tasmania in 1918 to live at Ratho, Bothwell. Maude Poynter’s students included Violet Mace (her cousin) and Mylie Peppin, who became leading art potters in their own right. Her inventive work reflects the optimism associated with Federation, womens achievement of voting rights and the growth of the Arts and Craft Society of Tasmania.
Glenda King’s new catalogue, Maude Poynter – painter and potter will be available to purchase at Narryna Heritage Museum, 103 Hampden Road, Battery Point. Tasmania.

Publishing details: ‪Australiana Society - Tasmanian Chapter, 2018‬, 108pp

Peppin Mylie view full entry

Reference: see The Life and Work of Maude Poynter - A major exhibition of the life and work of Maude Poynter (1869 - 1945), a pioneering Australian studio potter.
Maude Poynter studied at leading London art schools before coming to Tasmania in 1918 to live at Ratho, Bothwell. Maude Poynter’s students included Violet Mace (her cousin) and Mylie Peppin, who became leading art potters in their own right. Her inventive work reflects the optimism associated with Federation, womens achievement of voting rights and the growth of the Arts and Craft Society of Tasmania.
Glenda King’s new catalogue, Maude Poynter – painter and potter will be available to purchase at Narryna Heritage Museum, 103 Hampden Road, Battery Point. Tasmania.

Mace Violetview full entry

Reference: see The Life and Work of Maude Poynter - A major exhibition of the life and work of Maude Poynter (1869 - 1945), a pioneering Australian studio potter.
Maude Poynter studied at leading London art schools before coming to Tasmania in 1918 to live at Ratho, Bothwell. Maude Poynter’s students included Violet Mace (her cousin) and Mylie Peppin, who became leading art potters in their own right. Her inventive work reflects the optimism associated with Federation, womens achievement of voting rights and the growth of the Arts and Craft Society of Tasmania.
Glenda King’s new catalogue, Maude Poynter – painter and potter will be available to purchase at Narryna Heritage Museum, 103 Hampden Road, Battery Point. Tasmania.

Vande Potteryview full entry

Reference: see Australiana Magazine, May 2018, Vol 40, no. 2. Article on Vande Pottery by Alan Landis on a gift to the Sydney Jewish Museum of a Vande piece.

Vandersluis Samuel Joseph 1903-1983view full entry

Reference: see Australiana Magazine, May 2018, Vol 40, no. 2. Article on Vande Pottery by Alan Landis on a gift to the Sydney Jewish Museum of a Vande piece.

Godfrey Lewis John wood carverview full entry

Reference: see Australiana Magazine, May 2018, Vol 40, no. 2. Article on a bank writing table.

Godfrey Lewis Marmaduke Mortimer wood carverview full entry

Reference: see Australiana Magazine, May 2018, Vol 40, no. 2. Article on a bank writing table.

Terry Leonard architect and designerview full entry

Reference: see Australiana Magazine, May 2018, Vol 40, no. 2. Article on a bank writing table.

Armson William Barnett architectview full entry

Reference: see Australiana Magazine, May 2018, Vol 40, no. 2. Article on a bank writing table.

Lawson Robert Arthur architectview full entry

Reference: see Australiana Magazine, May 2018, Vol 40, no. 2. Article on a bank writing table.

Lewis John Godfrey wood and stone carverview full entry

Reference: see Australiana Magazine, May 2018, Vol 40, no. 2. Article on a bank writing table.

Morris Ethel Jackson (1891-1895)view full entry

Reference: The White Butterfly and other fairy tales. [’Morris was active in the 1920s in Melbourne. Her work follows in the tradition of, and bears a strong resemblance to, that of Ida Rentoul Outhwaite. Morris married in 1930 and left the art world completely, leaving an enchanting published legacy of Australian children’s illustration. Muir 5153 (not mentioning the autograph edition).’ from Douglas Stewart Fine Books.]
Publishing details: Melbourne : C. J. DeGaris Publishing House, 1921. Quarto, illustrated cloth, pp. 106, tipped-in colour and black and white plates. The deluxe autograph edition, limited to 250 copies, of which 200 were for sale, signed and numbered by Morris; loosely enclosed, the publisher’s prospectus, pp. 4, colour illustration. [this copy with Douglas Stewart Fine Books May 2018]
Ref: 1000

Rowe Minnie I (author and illustrator)view full entry

Reference: The wand of dawn

Publishing details: Melbourne Publishing Company, [1918]. Quarto, printed brown papered boards with pictorial onlay to front; pp 64, colour frontispiece and three full colour plates, and numerous black and white illustrations
Ref: 1000

Eley Annie Wview full entry

Reference: The Dawn Maiden and Dione’s visit to Australia. With Illustrations and Sketches by the Author.

Publishing details: Melbourne : Edward A. Vidler, [1922]. Quarto, gilt-lettered boards with illustrated paper dust jacket 56 pp; illustrated with frontispiece, three colour and ten black and white plates; Edition-De-Luxe Strictly Limited to 150 copies.
Ref: 1000

Wall Dorothyview full entry

Reference: The crystal bowl : Australian nature stories by HALL, J.J.; WALL, Dorothy (illustrator)

Publishing details: Whitcombe & Tombs Ltd., 1921. First edition. Quarto, pictorial blue cloth boards in dust jacket, pp 64, illustrated wth 16 colour and black-and-white plates by Dorothy Wall, as well as her line drawings in the text.
Ref: 1000

Mass Celesteview full entry

Reference: The little grammar people by MASS, Nuri; MASS, Celeste (illustrator)
Publishing details: Angus & Robertson, 1942. First edition. Quarto, pictorial papered boards in dust jacket (light handling wear), colour frontispiece plate, pp 104, illustrated with black-and-white plates and line drawings by Celeste Mass
Ref: 1000

Wall Dorothyview full entry

Reference: WALL, Dorothy (author and illustrator)
Brownie : the story of a naughty little rabbit

Publishing details: Sydney : Angus & Robertson, 1935. First edition. Quarto, original pictorial papered boards in dust jacket, colour frontispiece plate, pp 56, illustrated with 16 black-and-white plates and line drawings by Wall.
Ref: 1000

Harrison Lancelot - The Perfesser & Alter Ego, Esquire - pseud. of Lancelot HARRISON
view full entry

Reference: Tails and tarradiddles : an Australian book of birds and beasts. Lancelot Harrison (1880-1928) was a prominent Australian zoologist. With line illustrations by the author.
Publishing details: Sydney : Cornstalk Publishing, 1925. Square octavo, publisher’s pictorial blue cloth boards in original dust jacket, pp 108,
Ref: 1000

Perfesser The & Alter Ego, Esquire - pseud. of Lancelot HARRISON
view full entry

Reference: see MEADOWS, Maureen C.; EKLUND, Berenice C. (illustrator)
Billi-Billi’s walkabout
Brisbane : Watson, Ferguson & Co., 1945. Small quarto, publisher’s printed boards in pictorial dust jacket (chipped at head and foot of spine), illustrated endpapers, pp 88, with black-and-white line drawings in the text; a near fine copy in the scarce dust jacket.Tails and tarradiddles : an Australian book of birds and beasts. Lancelot Harrison (1880-1928) was a prominent Australian zoologist. With line illustrations by the author.
Publishing details: Sydney : Cornstalk Publishing, 1925. Square octavo, publisher’s pictorial blue cloth boards in original dust jacket, pp 108,

Eklund Berenice Cview full entry

Reference: Billi-Billi’s walkabout by MEADOWS, Maureen C.; EKLUND, Berenice C. (illustrator)

Publishing details: Brisbane : Watson, Ferguson & Co., 1945. Small quarto, publisher’s printed boards in pictorial dust jacket, illustrated endpapers, pp 88, with black-and-white line drawings in the text;
Ref: 1000

Crane Oliveview full entry

Reference: The sleeping sea-nymph by by Agnes Littlejohn. Illustrated by Albert Collins and Olive Crane.

Publishing details: Sydney and Brisbane : Edwards Dunlop & Co. Ltd, [1924]. First (and only) edition. Small quarto, original printed papered boards with pictorial onlay, illustrated with 2 tipped-in colour plates (including frontispiece), line illustrations in the text (some full-page), decorative head- and tailpieces, historiated initials; Muir 4333.
Ref: 1000

Collins Albertview full entry

Reference: see The sleeping sea-nymph by by Agnes Littlejohn. Illustrated by Albert Collins and Olive Crane.

Publishing details: Sydney and Brisbane : Edwards Dunlop & Co. Ltd, [1924]. First (and only) edition. Small quarto, original printed papered boards with pictorial onlay, illustrated with 2 tipped-in colour plates (including frontispiece), line illustrations in the text (some full-page), decorative head- and tailpieces, historiated initials; Muir 4333.

Davies Billview full entry

Reference: The stowaways. By Bill Davies (author and illustrator). Muir 1915.
Publishing details: Playground Publishing, [1945]. Small oblong quarto, original cloth backed pictorial papered boards, pp [24], with 8 full-page colour illustrations and line drawings in the text
Ref: 1000

Lahm Hartmut (illustrator)view full entry

Reference: The antics of Algy
Publishing details: Angus and Robertson, 1946. Quarto, publisher’s cloth backed pictorial papered boards, original owner’s inscription to half title, pp 68, with four colour plates and line drawings in the text;
Ref: 1000

Pollard James (author and illustrator)view full entry

Reference: Ofo : mate of the riverside
Publishing details: Perth : Patersons Printing Press, [1944]. Small quarto, original cloth backed pictorial papered boards, original owner’s inscription to verso of title, pp 24, with six full-page colour illustrations, and black-and-white line drawings throughout the text; a very good copy. Muir 6054.
Ref: 1000

Quayle Jackview full entry

Reference: MORRISH, Hannah; QUAYLE, Jack (illustrator)
The animals party

Publishing details: Sydney : Frank Johnson, [1944]. Quarto, original pictorial wrappers, staple bound, pp [16], all colour illustrations; Muir 5178.
Ref: 1000

Pike Jimmyview full entry

Reference: LOWE, Pat; PIKE, Jimmy (illustrator)
Jimmy and Pat meet the Queen.
‘A notable commentary on native title and land rights, in the form of a children’s story.’
Publishing details: Broome, W.A. : Backroom Press, 1997. Large oblong octavo, illustrated wrappers, pp 30, with colour Illustrations by Australian indigenous artist Jimmy Pike.
Ref: 1000

Hunter Davidview full entry

Reference: NOONAN, Michael; GILMORE, D.H. (David Hunter) (illustrator). In the land of the talking trees : a fantasy
Publishing details: Sydney : Angus & Robertson, 1946. First edition. Large octavo, publisher’s cloth backed pictorial papered boards, pp 89, illustrated with 14 full-page colour plates and line drawings in the text; Muir 5403.
Ref: 1000

Gilmore D Hview full entry

Reference: see David Hunter (illustrator of children’s books used the pseudonym D H Gilmore)

Mass Celesteview full entry

Reference: The wizard of Jenolan by MASS, Nuri; MASS, Celeste (illustrator)
Publishing details: Sydney : Angus & Robertson, 1946. First edition. Quarto, pictorial papered boards in dust jacket (chipping to corners and head and foot of spine, small perforation to front panel near spine), colour frontispiece plate, pp 93, with black-and-white illustrations throughout; a very good copy in the scarce jacket. Muir 4876.
Ref: 1000

Mass Celesteview full entry

Reference: Magic Australia by MASS, Nuri; MASS, Celeste (illustrator)
Publishing details: Sydney : Angus & Robertson, 1943. First edition. Quarto, pictorial papered boards (sunned and lightly marked), endpaper maps, colour frontispiece plate, pp 164, illustrated with several colour plates and black-and-white line drawings by Celeste Mass
Ref: 1000

Seymour Oliverview full entry

Reference: HILSON, Charles; SEYMOUR, Oliver (illustrator). Gum-tips : a second book of verses for little children

Publishing details: Perth : Carroll’s Ltd., [1946]. Octavo, original cloth backed pictorial papered boards, colour frontispiece plate, pp 44, line draings throughout
Ref: 1000

Wenban Raymond Stewart view full entry

Reference: THOMAS, W.J. Some myths and legends of the Australian Aborigines. With five black and white illustrations and frontispiece by Raymond Stewart Wenban
Publishing details: Melbourne : Whitcombe and Tombes, 1943. Octavo, pictorial stiff wrappers (some foxing), pp 75
Ref: 1000

Paterson Esther and Bettyview full entry

Reference: DEANS, Leslie; PATERSON, Esther and PATERSON, Betty (illustrators)
The imp and the fairy

Publishing details: Melbourne : Victory Publicity, [c.1949]. First Edition. Quarto, original cloth backed pictorial papered boards (corner wear, small amount of silverfishing, mainly confined to lower board), early gift inscription to front pastedown, 16 pp, bichrome illustrations throughout
Ref: 1000

Luth Margeryview full entry

Reference: HAMILTON, Lucy; LUTH, Margery (illustrator)
The food fairies
Cover title: Junior Red Cross presents the food fairies.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Melbourne : Australian Red Cross Society, Victorian Division, [1942]. Oblong quarto, illustrated wrappers (water stain to top edge of upper wrapper, bottom corners of wrappers and leaves dog-eared), pp [31], with several full-page colour and numerous black-and-white illustrations
Ref: 1000

Seymour Oliverview full entry

Reference: HILSON, Charles; SEYMOUR, Olive (illustrator) Fiddle-de-dee : a book of verse for children.

Publishing details: Perth : Patersons Printing Press, [194-]. Second edition. Octavo, cloth-backed pictorial papered boards’; pp 48, with line illustrations by Olive Seymour; Muir 3526.
Ref: 1000

Brookshaw Percy Drake view full entry

Reference: FINNEMORE, John
Rifle and boomerang
frontispiece illustration by Percy Drake Brookshaw, Muir 2528.
Publishing details: Auckland ; Wellington … Melbourne : Whitcombe & Tombs, [c.1945]. “Whitcombe’s Story Books, no. 563”. Octavo, pictorial stiff wrappers, pp 64;
Ref: 1000

Hill I Gview full entry

Reference: CARTER, Margaret A.; HILL, I.G. (illustrator)
Australian fairy stories

Publishing details: Melbourne : Domus Publishing, [1944]. First edition. Quarto, cloth backed pictorial papered boards in dust jacket pp 78, illustrated with line drawings by I.G. Hill; iMuir 1328.
Ref: 1000

Badham Herbertview full entry

Reference: see Bonhams auction, IMPORTANT AUSTRALIAN AND ABORIGINAL ART
Including The Hobbs Collection and The Croft Zemaitis Collection
20 Jun 2018, lot 2:
Herbert Badham (1899-1961)
The Bus Stop, 1958
signed and dated lower right: 'H Badham 59'; signed, titled and inscribed verso: '"The Bus Stop" / HBadham / East Sydney Tech / Price: 25 Guineas'
oil on artists board
54.5 x 44.0cm (21 7/16 x 17 5/16in).
FOOTNOTES
PROVENANCE
Mr Ray Granger, Lismore
thence by descent
Mr John and Mrs Shirley Stretch, Lismore
The Estate of John and Shirley Stretch, Lismore

RELATED WORK
The Bus Stop, 1943, oil on board, 51.0 x 38.0cm, exhibited Herbert Badham 1899 - 1961, Wollongong City Gallery, New South Wales, 27 August - 4 October 1987; S.H. Ervin Gallery, Sydney, 10 October - 15 November 1987, cat. 33

Realist painter Herbert Badham is best known for his depictions of urban Sydney life spanning the 1920s to the 1960s. 'In painting pub interiors, street corners, beach holidays, fairs and town bands, Badham has given us an accurate account of the life, fashion, architecture, interiors and social values of his time - a point which has led to his work being included in many major exhibitions and collections.'1

Badham held his first solo show in 1939 at the Grosvenor Galleries. Opened by art world doyen Sir Marcus Clark, and favourably reviewed by Howard Ashton who observed 'Mr Badham paints aspects of Sydney life which very few painters have the courage to tackle.'2

The Bus Stop, 1958, is a masterful example of Badham's abiding interest in geometric perspective. Enhanced by the sharp angles of the white fence and pavement which appears to be lit by a utility pole hidden from view. Here he elongates the figures' bodies which in turn positions the viewer from overhead as if we were to step down off the bus.

There is a sense of voyeurism as we observe this group. The solitary woman at the back appears to be enjoying a private moment, eyes closed, leaning slightly back with her hands resting on the wall whilst a stray cat slips quietly past her. The remaining figures huddle in pairs. We feel a little as if we have been given access to a private conversation between the two women on the left, perhaps colleagues winding down after a day's work, one with cigarette in hand, the other mouth open as if mid-sentence whilst she keeps an eye out for the bus.

The daily commute is a subject that Badham revisited several times throughout his career as seen in Night Bus, 1943, in the collection of the National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne, and Travellers, 1933, formerly in the Reg Grundy AC OBE and Joy Chambers-Grundy Collection. Painted towards the end of his life, The Bus Stop, 1958, is a quintessential example of the keen eye and skill that Badham had developed over many years of documenting the every-day life of his city so aptly.

1. Christine France, catalogue entry for Herbert Badham 'Travellers', Bonhams, Important Australian Art from the collection of Reg Grundy AC OBE and Joy Chambers-Grundy, Sydney, 2013, p. 54
2. Howard Ashton, 'Badham's Art is Sincere', Sydney Morning Herald, 25 May 1939, p. 38

Moore Maryview full entry

Reference: see Bonhams auction, IMPORTANT AUSTRALIAN AND ABORIGINAL ART
Including The Hobbs Collection and The Croft Zemaitis Collection
20 Jun 2018, lot 29:
Mary Moore (born 1957)
The Fuse that Drives the Flower, 2005-06
Xanthosia Rotundifolia - Southern Cross
Leschenaultia Biloba - Blue Leschenaultia
Rhodanthe Chlorocephala Rosea - Pink Everlasting
Xanthorrhoea Preissii - Grass Tree flower spike or inflorescence
Xanthorrhoea Preissii - Fruiting spike 1
Xanthorrhoea Preissii - Fruiting spike 2
numbered lower left, titled lower centre, signed lower right: 'Mary Moore'
archival ink on paper; individually hand-coloured
various sizes: 44.0 x 44.0cm (17 5/16 x 17 5/16in). and 64.5 x 44.0cm (25 3/8 x 17 5/16in).

(6)
FOOTNOTES
PROVENANCE
Printed by Martin King, Australian Print Workshop, Melbourne
Collection of the artist
The Collection of Bonita Croft and the Late Gene Zemaitis, Sydney

Western Australian portrait painter Mary Moore began formal art training at the age of 15, later studying at the Western Australian Institute of Technology and Royal College of Art, London. Moore held her first solo exhibition at 17 and in 1983 was awarded an Australia Council grant to travel to Italy to paint. In 2001 she won the Portia Geach Memorial Award for a self-portrait and was one of six artists featured in the National Portrait Gallery, Canberra exhibition Intimate portraits.

"Mary Moore has painted portraits of the State's wildflowers. She captures the radiant 'faces' of a Southern Cross flower, the swirling pink petals around an everlasting daisy's sunny heart, and the bejewelled spike of a stately grass tree. With the respect she accords her human sitters, Mary sets out to record, identify and reveal their uniqueness." 1.

1. Victoria Laurie, The Australian, December 2004

Balson Ralphview full entry

Reference: see Bonhams auction, IMPORTANT AUSTRALIAN AND ABORIGINAL ART
Including The Hobbs Collection and The Croft Zemaitis Collection
20 Jun 2018, lot 66

Ralph Balson (1890-1964)
Painting no. 36, 1956
signed and dated lower right: 'R Balson / 56'
oil on board
59.0 x 66.5cm (23 1/4 x 26 3/16in).
FOOTNOTES
PROVENANCE
Gallery A, Sydney (label attached verso)
The Collection of the Late Michael Hobbs OAM, Sydney, acquired from the above in 1968

EXHIBITED
Ralph Balson Second Memorial Exhibition, Gallery A, Sydney, 18 July 1968, cat. 32
Ralph Balson: A Retrospective, Heide Park and Art Gallery, Melbourne, 15 August - 24 September 1989; Newcastle Region Art Gallery, New South Wales, 6 October - 19 November 1989; Wollongong City Gallery, New South Wales, 1 December 1989 - 28 January 1990; Art Gallery of New South Wales, Sydney, 14 February - 1 April 1990; University Art Museum, Brisbane, 12 April - 24 May 1990, cat. 28

LITERATURE
Bruce Adams, Ralph Balson: A Retrospective, Heide Park and Art Gallery, Melbourne, 1989, cat. 28, p. 60 (illus.)

This work is one of only two constructive canvases painted by Ralph Balson in 1956, the other being in the collection of the Art Gallery of Western Australia, Perth. The date is a significant one for Balson as it marks his transition from the earlier formalist style to his later 'non-objective' paintings.

In 1955 Balson turned 65 and was able to retire from his work as a house painter. He stayed on teaching part-time at the East Sydney Technical College in Darlinghurst, however, dividing his time between Sydney and Mittagong, where he had a studio in the garden of Grace Crowley's country house, High Hill. This final decade of his life was a more relaxed time for Balson. Apart from having the time to paint, he visited exhibitions, read copiously (from the latest international art trends to science and metaphysics) and exhibited in both local and international exhibitions, enjoying the recognition from his peers that now came his way (though it was still not without some controversy). In 1960 he visited his brother in New York - the first overseas trip he had made since arriving in Australia in 1913 at the age of 23 – and later joined Crowley in London.

In the 1930s and '40s Balson had taken his inspiration from Piet Mondrian, constructing compositions of pure geometric abstraction with overlapping planes of clear bright colour. Both he and his friend and colleague Grace Crowley used coloured tissue paper to map out their complex compositions of overlapping circles, squares and rectangles, balancing cool and warm tones and giving the illusion of three-dimensional depth.

However, by the early 1950s Balson began experimenting with a more fluid style, mostly expressed in a series of pastel drawings. A major turning point came in 1953 with the exhibition French Painting Today at the Art Gallery of New South Wales in which the style of Tachisme (from tache, the mark or the stain) was featured. While he was already familiar with the work of the American abstract expressionists whose work he thought 'offered limitless opportunities', he was also open-minded about the possibilities that the French painters offered. He did not see it as an 'either/or' choice though throughout the early to mid 1950s he began to slowly move away from hard edge constructivism.

In Painting no.36 Balson dissolves all hard edges while maintaining a loosely-gridded composition that echoes his previous constructivist canvases. Moving away from a formalistic, structured approach, he manages to give an impression of both movement and gesture, of the action of the painter, while still maintaining a sense of order. Colour too is softened. Here there are no bright hard primary oranges and pinks but a series of more muted tones – mustard, lilac, lemon, teal, sage and grey. While this canvas presages the work to come from Balson in the next decade, it is nevertheless redolent of the 1950s.

Power John Joseph Wardell (1881-1943)view full entry

Reference: see Bonhams auction, IMPORTANT AUSTRALIAN AND ABORIGINAL ART
Including The Hobbs Collection and The Croft Zemaitis Collection
20 Jun 2018, lot 144:
John Joseph Wardell Power (1881-1943)
Abstract Accordionist, c.1928
signed lower left 'Power' and with the artist's pentagon insignia lower right
gouache on paper
76.0 x 49.5cm (29 15/16 x 19 1/2in).
FOOTNOTES
PROVENANCE
Frank O'Neill, United Kingdom, c.1930
thence by descent
Private collection, United Kingdom
Bonhams, Melbourne, 20 August 2013, lot 143
Justin Miller Art, Sydney
The Collection of the Late Michael Hobbs OAM, Sydney

The scion of a wealthy Sydney family, John Wardell Power is primarily known in Australia through his role as the benefactor of the Power Institute at the University of Sydney and the Museum of Contemporary Art. His bequest was the largest ever received by an Australian university and so generous that until recently it overshadowed his talent as a painter.

Educated at Sydney Grammar, Power studied medicine at the University of Sydney but also showed a talent for drawing, music and mathematics at a precociously young age. After graduating in 1905 Power left for England (impressively working his passage as the ship's doctor) and was subsequently admitted into the Royal College of Surgeons. In 1915 he married Edith Lee, twelve years older, twice divorced and from a wealthy grazing family in country New South Wales and they established themselves in London where Power practised medicine. In 1917 Power joined the Royal Army Medical Corps, serving until the war's end, though it appears to have been a life-changing experience. Like many other survivors, he turned his back on his former life and stopped practising medicine.

Having earlier inherited a fortune from the family's holdings in MLC shares, Power, at almost 40, moved to Paris to explore a career in art. From 1920-22 he studied first under the Brazilian artist Pedro Arajuo, eventually enrolling in classes with Ferdinand Léger. Paris gave him the opportunity to study all the latest trends in art from cubism, surrealism, purism and de stijl.

As talented in music (which for a while he considered as a third career option) as he was in art, Power's canvases thrum with the energy of the Jazz Age and 1920s Paris. While he and Edith maintained a house (called Therapia, Greek for healing power) in Bournemouth on the Dorset coast, they dipped in and out of life in Paris which, in the 1920s, was filled with ex-pats from all over the world and was one of the few places that black American singers, dancers and musicians could find work. It was a world of excess and madness, where the well-to-do slept until the afternoon and partied into the wee hours to the sounds of Django Reinhardt and Stephane Grappelli and the Hot Club of France.

But Power was too grounded and took his art too seriously to lose it in dancing the Fox Trot all night at the Café D'Orsay. While he continued to maintain a studio in Paris as well as one in England, he grew more reclusive. Concentrating on his art practice he produced hundreds of paintings from the mid-1920s until a few years before his death in 1943. He showed with the London Group, the Seven and Five Society, London, the Abstraction-Création group in Paris and group shows in Amsterdam and Brussels. Always an unconventional couple, the Powers became known for their eccentricity, with one dinner guest finding himself seated and fed at the table alongside the hosts' dogs.

Power's observations of modern life were as controlled as the mathematical calculations he made when creating his artworks, carefully gridding the composition and fixing the axis on which everything rotated. In this work the accordion fans out from a fixed focal point, clasped by three brown fingers and played by an ambiguous figure that seems to be simultaneously black and white. Many of Power's works hint at double identities: half man - half woman, half human - half musical instrument, which perhaps fuelled rumours that he was gay and enjoyed a 'marriage blanc' (a marriage without consummation), something that was not so unusual for the time. The provenance of this piece suggests that it was executed in his studio at Bournemouth and either gifted to or bought by a former army friend Major Frank O'Neill. Power exhibited a major work titled Accordion Dance (for sale at a hefty £73) in the London Group's 1928 Retrospective Exhibition. This work, on the same theme, thus can be placed at around the same time. In 1931 Power and his wife left Bournemouth and divided their time between Paris and Brussels. In 1938 they retreated to Westhill, in St Helier, Jersey, where Power died of stomach cancer during the German occupation. Edith died in Jersey in 1961 at the age of 92.

Maguire Timview full entry

Reference: Tim Maguire - Reflective - Martin Brown Contemporary, 2016, 10 works, illustrated. Biographical information.
Publishing details: Martin Brown Contemporary, 2016, 24pp, with invite and price list inserted. [This copy inserted in Tim Maguire. Essays by Adrian Searle and Eloise Lindsay. Moet & Chandon, France, 1994, pb, 40pp)

Evans George Williamview full entry

Reference: Weatherburn (A. K.) AUSTRALIA'S INTERIOR UNVEILED. A biography of George William Evans (1780-1852), Surveyor, Explorer and Artist.
Publishing details: The author, 1987, Pp. [xiv]+128, processed, frontispiece portrait plus 17 plates, 20 maps (most full page), index; impl. 8vo; pictorial stiff paper wrappers. One of 150 numbered copies
Ref: 1000

Our Beautiful Homesview full entry

Reference: Our beautiful homes, N.S.W. Series 2.

Publishing details: Sydney : Edward Lee & Co., [ca.1905] Description: 1 v. (unpaged) :
Ref: 1000

Our Beautiful Homesview full entry

Reference: Our beautiful homes, N.S.W. Series 1.
[Facsimile edition: Cannon, Michael, 1929-
Our beautiful homes, N.S.W. / edited and introduced by Michael Cannon.
Published (imprint): Melb. : Today's Heritage, [1977?]. Limited edition of 500 numbered copies . Originally published Sydney, n.d.]

Publishing details: Sydney : Edward Lee & Co., [ca.1905] Description: 1 v. (unpaged) :
Ref: 1000

Architecture in Australiaview full entry

Reference: see Our beautiful homes, N.S.W. Series 1.

Publishing details: Sydney : Edward Lee & Co., [ca.1905] Description: 1 v. (unpaged) :

Architecture in Australiaview full entry

Reference: see Our beautiful homes, N.S.W. Series 2.

Publishing details: Sydney : Edward Lee & Co., [ca.1905] Description: 1 v. (unpaged) :

Aboriginal Artview full entry

Reference: see ‪No Boundaries: Aboriginal Australian Contemporary Abstract Painting : from the Debra and Dennis Scholl Collection‬.
[’‪This exceptionally illustrated book presents the work of nine contemporary Aboriginal abstract painters, and includes a series of essays which bring together art history, anthropology, and new interpretations of one of the most dynamic painting movements of recent times. Towards the turn of the 20th century, Australian Aboriginal art went through a moment of extraordinary experimentation and innovation. Across Australia, Aboriginal artists moved away from traditional figurative imagery towards dynamic and individual abstract styles. This book examines the work of nine artists who were at the forefront of this movement. These artists transformed their traditional practices and lore into dynamic contemporary artworks. Each of these artists is represented in depth, with stunning reproductions and thoughtful analysis by art historians, curators, critics, and anthropologists. These writings and illustrations introduce readers to the ways contemporary Aboriginal artists are forging a distinctive new path, creating some of the finest abstract paintings of our time.‬’]
Publishing details: ‪Henry F. Skerritt‪, William Fox‬
Prestel Publishing, 2015 - Art - 175 pages‬

‪No Boundariesview full entry

Reference: ‪No Boundaries: Aboriginal Australian Contemporary Abstract Painting : from the Debra and Dennis Scholl Collection‬. [to be indexed]
‬

[’‪This exceptionally illustrated book presents the work of nine contemporary Aboriginal abstract painters, and includes a series of essays which bring together art history, anthropology, and new interpretations of one of the most dynamic painting movements of recent times. Towards the turn of the 20th century, Australian Aboriginal art went through a moment of extraordinary experimentation and innovation. Across Australia, Aboriginal artists moved away from traditional figurative imagery towards dynamic and individual abstract styles. This book examines the work of nine artists who were at the forefront of this movement. These artists transformed their traditional practices and lore into dynamic contemporary artworks. Each of these artists is represented in depth, with stunning reproductions and thoughtful analysis by art historians, curators, critics, and anthropologists. These writings and illustrations introduce readers to the ways contemporary Aboriginal artists are forging a distinctive new path, creating some of the finest abstract paintings of our time.‬’]
Publishing details: ‪Henry F. Skerritt‪, William Fox‬
Prestel Publishing, 2015 - Art - 175 pages‬

Ref: 1000

Blood on the spinifexview full entry

Reference: Blood on the spinifex : Goody Barrett, Paddy Bedford, Rameeka Nocketa, Lena Nyadbi, Peggy Patrick, Rusty Peters, Desma Sampi, Phyllis Thomas, Freddie Timms, Timmy Timms / guest curator Tony Oliver

Notes Catalogue of an exhibition held at The Ian Potter Museum of Art, University of Melbourne, 14 December 2002 to 16 March 2003.
Publishing details: Parkville, Vic. : Ian Potter Museum of Art, 2002
60 p. : ill. ;
Ref: 1000

Aboriginal Artview full entry

Reference: see Blood on the spinifex : Goody Barrett, Paddy Bedford, Rameeka Nocketa, Lena Nyadbi, Peggy Patrick, Rusty Peters, Desma Sampi, Phyllis Thomas, Freddie Timms, Timmy Timms / guest curator Tony Oliver

Notes Catalogue of an exhibition held at The Ian Potter Museum of Art, University of Melbourne, 14 December 2002 to 16 March 2003.
Publishing details: Parkville, Vic. : Ian Potter Museum of Art, 2002
60 p. : ill. ;

De Leener Jules Pierre (Jan) (1873 - 1944) view full entry

Reference: From Australian Art Auction Records: Jules Pierre (Jan) De Leener was born in 1873 in Belgium. He married Teresa Watkins in 1902, so he must have arrived in Australia in his 20s. He was a contemporary of Henri Tebbitt and the two of them had a joint exhibition in Brisbane in 1914. He also worked with Neville Cayley. He was widely known in the Sydney, Newcastle and Lake Macquarie areas painting coastal and river scenes.
He is also believed to have also painted small scenes for pictures in the train carriages of the NSW Government Railways.
His works were exhibited in Wagga Wagga with the two artists mentioned above and were also sold by James Lawson in his auctions.
De Leener died in 1944 in Marrickville

Hearn Heathview full entry

Reference: see MORPHETS OF HARROGATE
, 7.6.18, lot 447, 2,000 GBP - 3,000 GBP: HEATH HEARN (b.1966), Across The Bay, moored shipping seen from the artist's window, oil on canvas, signed to lower right, 96cm x 116cm. See illustration Provenance: with Westcroft Gallery Kingsand, Cornwall Hearn was born in Derbyshire in 1966. He studied art in Australia before returning to the UK and Cornwall from where he draws much of his inspiration, his work has been compared to the St Ives School of the 1950s and 60s such as modernists Roger Hilton, and Ben Nicholson. He was hugely influenced by Peter Lanyon. Past solo exhibitions include Russell Gallery, London, Edgar Modern, Bath; Westcroft Gallery Cornwall, and others.

White Franklinview full entry

Reference: see MORPHETS OF HARROGATE
, 7.6.18, lot 473: FRANKLIN WHITE (1892-1975), Rock pools at low tide and figures, watercolour, signed to lower left, 17cm x 25.5cm Biography: White came to the UK from Australia in 1913 and later studied art at Slade School during the 1st World War he worked at the Admiralty before returning to the Slade and joining the teaching staff until his retirement in 1957. He then concentrated on the Samuel Palmer school of art which had been run at his home in Shoreham since the 1920s

Thomas George Grosvenor 1856-1923view full entry

Reference: see Carlton Gallery, Edinburgh, biography: George Grosvenor Thomas RSW (1856-1923)
Born in Sydney, New South Wales he came to England as a young man and began painting when he came to Glasgow in 1885/6 and he met members of the Glasgow Boys. He painted both in oils and watercolours, landscapes and flower pieces and his work is influenced by Corot, Daubigny and the Barbizon School. On the continent he won gold medals at both Munich and Dresden. Although he lived in London and was a frequent overseas traveller, he is regarded as a peripheral member of the Glasgow Boys.
Elected RSW in 1892, he exhibited at RSA, RA, RSW, GI and L and overseas, and is represented in the Glasgow, Budapest and Weimar Art Galleries.

Vike Haraldview full entry

Reference: see Bauhaus on the Swan: Elise Blumann, an émigré artist in Western Australia,
1938-1948 by Sally Quin. Includes select bibliography, extensive biographical information. [’German artist Elise Blumann (1897–1990) arrived in Western Australia in 1938, having fled Nazi Germany in 1934. With her husband and two sons she set up home on the banks of the Swan River, and began to paint. Over the next ten years she produced a series of portraits set against the river and the Indian Ocean, and pursued an analysis of plant forms – the zamia palm, xanthorrhoea, banksia and the majestic melaleuca – to brilliant effect.
In this study Sally Quin traces Blumann’s formative student years in Berlin and her first decade in Australia, where the artist reinvented her working method in response to the intense light and colour of the local landscape. The challenges presented by this new physical environment resulted in bold and evocative interpretations of the land. Blumann was a conservative modernist, but the Perth art scene was not prepared for her expressive style, and when she exhibited for the first time in 1944 her art was met with bewilderment. The book considers attitudes to modernism in Perth, and the influence on local culture of European refugees and émigrés newly arrived in the city. Working in relative isolation and with little critical support, Blumann produced a striking body of work, which prefigured a flourishing of progressive art in Perth from the late 1940s. In the first major art historical study of the painter, Quin establishes Blumann as a significant figure in the story of Australian modernism.’]
Publishing details: University of WA,, 2015, pb, 160pp, with index.

Taylor David Phillips Foulkes view full entry

Reference: from ADB: Taylor, David Phillips Foulkes (1929–1966)
by Dorothy Erickson
This article was published in Australian Dictionary of Biography, Volume 16, (MUP), 2002
David Phillips Foulkes Taylor (1929-1966), furniture designer, was born on 23 June 1929 in Perth, eldest of five children of Douglas Charles Foulkes Taylor, an English-born pastoralist, and his wife Helen Rosemary Dorothy Blake, née Taylor, who was born in India. David was educated at Christ Church Grammar School, Perth, and Geelong Church of England Grammar School, Victoria, where he was exposed to the ideas of modernism by the art teacher Ludwig Hirschfeld-Mack. While still at school he longed to travel, to live a Bohemian life in Paris, to mix with architects and to collect art, antiques and modern furniture.
In 1947 David Foulkes Taylor enrolled in architecture at Perth Technical College, but after a year left for London to study at the Central School of Arts and Crafts, Holborn. Holidays were spent hitchhiking on the Continent. He gained experience with Norman Potter, a furniture craftsman at Corsham, Wiltshire, before moving on to New York. Back in Perth in 1954, he began to design furniture. Three years later he visited Japan where, on 4 July 1957, he married Mary Attaway Lee, an American playwright and musician known as 'Maryat' Lee, whom he had met in London. After the wedding he returned to Perth, and his wife to the United States of America; they remained childless. The marriage was unconventional as they were to pursue their careers on different continents.
A promoter of modern design, Foulkes Taylor, as he was known, opened a showroom at his Crawley home in 1957. He displayed furniture made by noted European craftsmen, and also ceramics, glassware, pictures and imported fabrics. The Triangle Gallery, which he established at the same address in 1960, soon became a gathering spot for people interested in the arts. He commissioned the modernist architect Julius Elischer to design a purpose-built gallery at Nedlands. The new building, occupied in 1965, created a sculptural setting for imported pieces and the work of local artists and craftsmen.
Foulkes Taylor's own designs, while in the modernist tradition, were eclectic. Influenced by Scandinavian and English work, he was also interested in Japanese arts and crafts and American Shaker decorative arts. He collected early colonial furniture of Western Australia. Receiving commissions from individual clients and from architects to design or supply modern furniture, he was reliant on the ability of craftsmen to understand his concepts. He encouraged them to use jarrah, a local timber. His enthusiasm for the wood was shared by Joseph Pietrocola and Charles and Roy Catt, who made his later designs.
A committee-member (1955-57) of the Art Gallery Society, Foulkes Taylor was a member of the Weld Club, the Royal Freshwater Bay Yacht Club, the Fabian Society and the Australian Labor Party. He died of the effects of injuries received in a motorcar accident on 19 September 1966 at Woodside, Victoria, and was cremated with Baptist forms. His wife survived him. Robert Bell described him as having had 'a pervasive influence on the design of the ''new'' Perth of the 1960s'. In 1982 the Western Australian Institute of Technology staged an exhibition of modern design, The Foulkes Taylor Years.

Taylor David Phillips Foulkes view full entry

Reference: The Foulkes Taylor years : invitation exhibition. Author: Duffy, Pat, A.T.A.

Publishing details: Western Australian Institute of Technology, WAIT, 1982. 49 p. : ill. (some col.)
Ref: 1000

Korwill Marianne view full entry

Reference: see Bauhaus on the Swan: Elise Blumann, an émigré artist in Western Australia,
1938-1948 by Sally Quin. Includes select bibliography, extensive biographical information. [’German artist Elise Blumann (1897–1990) arrived in Western Australia in 1938, having fled Nazi Germany in 1934. With her husband and two sons she set up home on the banks of the Swan River, and began to paint. Over the next ten years she produced a series of portraits set against the river and the Indian Ocean, and pursued an analysis of plant forms – the zamia palm, xanthorrhoea, banksia and the majestic melaleuca – to brilliant effect.
In this study Sally Quin traces Blumann’s formative student years in Berlin and her first decade in Australia, where the artist reinvented her working method in response to the intense light and colour of the local landscape. The challenges presented by this new physical environment resulted in bold and evocative interpretations of the land. Blumann was a conservative modernist, but the Perth art scene was not prepared for her expressive style, and when she exhibited for the first time in 1944 her art was met with bewilderment. The book considers attitudes to modernism in Perth, and the influence on local culture of European refugees and émigrés newly arrived in the city. Working in relative isolation and with little critical support, Blumann produced a striking body of work, which prefigured a flourishing of progressive art in Perth from the late 1940s. In the first major art historical study of the painter, Quin establishes Blumann as a significant figure in the story of Australian modernism.’]
Publishing details: University of WA,, 2015, pb, 160pp, with index.

Krantz Harold architectview full entry

Reference: see Bauhaus on the Swan: Elise Blumann, an émigré artist in Western Australia,
1938-1948 by Sally Quin. Includes select bibliography, extensive biographical information. [’German artist Elise Blumann (1897–1990) arrived in Western Australia in 1938, having fled Nazi Germany in 1934. With her husband and two sons she set up home on the banks of the Swan River, and began to paint. Over the next ten years she produced a series of portraits set against the river and the Indian Ocean, and pursued an analysis of plant forms – the zamia palm, xanthorrhoea, banksia and the majestic melaleuca – to brilliant effect.
In this study Sally Quin traces Blumann’s formative student years in Berlin and her first decade in Australia, where the artist reinvented her working method in response to the intense light and colour of the local landscape. The challenges presented by this new physical environment resulted in bold and evocative interpretations of the land. Blumann was a conservative modernist, but the Perth art scene was not prepared for her expressive style, and when she exhibited for the first time in 1944 her art was met with bewilderment. The book considers attitudes to modernism in Perth, and the influence on local culture of European refugees and émigrés newly arrived in the city. Working in relative isolation and with little critical support, Blumann produced a striking body of work, which prefigured a flourishing of progressive art in Perth from the late 1940s. In the first major art historical study of the painter, Quin establishes Blumann as a significant figure in the story of Australian modernism.’]
Publishing details: University of WA,, 2015, pb, 160pp, with index.

McClintock Herbertview full entry

Reference: see Bauhaus on the Swan: Elise Blumann, an émigré artist in Western Australia,
1938-1948 by Sally Quin. Includes select bibliography, extensive biographical information. [’German artist Elise Blumann (1897–1990) arrived in Western Australia in 1938, having fled Nazi Germany in 1934. With her husband and two sons she set up home on the banks of the Swan River, and began to paint. Over the next ten years she produced a series of portraits set against the river and the Indian Ocean, and pursued an analysis of plant forms – the zamia palm, xanthorrhoea, banksia and the majestic melaleuca – to brilliant effect.
In this study Sally Quin traces Blumann’s formative student years in Berlin and her first decade in Australia, where the artist reinvented her working method in response to the intense light and colour of the local landscape. The challenges presented by this new physical environment resulted in bold and evocative interpretations of the land. Blumann was a conservative modernist, but the Perth art scene was not prepared for her expressive style, and when she exhibited for the first time in 1944 her art was met with bewilderment. The book considers attitudes to modernism in Perth, and the influence on local culture of European refugees and émigrés newly arrived in the city. Working in relative isolation and with little critical support, Blumann produced a striking body of work, which prefigured a flourishing of progressive art in Perth from the late 1940s. In the first major art historical study of the painter, Quin establishes Blumann as a significant figure in the story of Australian modernism.’]
Publishing details: University of WA,, 2015, pb, 160pp, with index.

Eyre Johnview full entry

Reference: see Hordern House catalogue May 2018: Botany Bay Harbour, in New South Wales: with a View of the Heads; A Native Camp in Cockle Bay, New South Wales, with a View of Parramatta River; View of a Part of the Town of Parramatta in New South Wales Taken from the North Side of the River.
[WEST, Absalom, Publisher, after John EYRE].
Sydney: Absalom West, 30 November 1812.
Three engravings, each 275 x 405 mm.; good impressions, each complete with all caption details, each mounted.
The first views published in Australia

Three fine and exceedingly rare views from the series published by Absalom West, one of the most fascinating and enigmatic projects of the Macquarie era. The present group comprises three West Views, all based on originals by the artist John Eyre, and including the very first view of the series, depicting the Heads at Botany Bay, as well as a dramatic scene in Cockle Bay (at what would now be the furthest reach of Darling Harbour), and an intriguing scene of Parramatta under heavy development. All are taken from the First Series of Views dated 30 November 1812, although known not to have been actually offered for sale until January 1813.
West was a successful emancipist businessman and very well-connected, associating with everyone from William Bligh to John Lewin, and particularly friendly with the artists John Eyre and Richard Browne. West clearly had great vision as a promoter and organiser, able to imagine a vast project which relied equally on the artistic skills of some of his close friends and on the technical ability of the two newly arrived convict artisans who prepared all of the plates, Walter Preston and Philip Slaeger.
Although West's Views are much studied, and despite their acknowledged significance in terms of the development of home-grown artistic publishing, they remain something of a mystery. Indeed, on paper, it is difficult to think of a more unlikely project: West, who had only been given his ticket-of leave in 1810 after a 14-year stint as a convict brewer, suddenly announces, without notice or much fanfare, that he will be publishing a series of large-format views of New South Wales, to be sold at his pub at the end of the road to Dawe's Point, the "Blue Lion Inn".
Whatever the genesis of the project, it is not overstating the case to say that West revolutionised the visual history of the Colony. In terms of separately issued landscape views, the only real precursors to his work are those of William Standen Blake (1802) and Francis Jukes (1804). Of course, West's work also relates to several of the important illustrated books of the era, notably those of Governor Phillip (1789), John Hunter (1793), David Collins (1798 &1802) and, most significantly, David Dickenson Mann's work The Present Picture of New South Wales (1811), which published views after John Eyre; all of these of course were published in London.
Such a list of precursors might tend to obscure the true importance of West's work: the views of Blake and Jukes, and all of the early books, were published in London, at the heart of the English-speaking world and one of the great global publishing hubs. In Sydney, West and his confrères had none of the advantages of working in London: to the contrary, one of the few contemporary notices of the project stressed that their press had been constructed by a workman "who had never before seen such a machine" (quoted in Butler, Printed, p. 26). The fact that West was successful is an indication that very few of the English-published prints made it to Australia. More significant still, no English project of the era had anywhere near the audacious scale of West's work.
The views are therefore the earliest locally-printed views of Australia and are now recognised as emblematic of a new artistic spirit in the Colony: in Roger Butler's historical survey of early Australian printing, for example, West's work takes pride of place alongside the equally rare Lewin's Birds of New South Wales (1813). Not only are the engravings of remarkable beauty and historical importance, any examples of West's work are only very rarely offered for sale.
[A fuller description is available on request]

Provenance: Two prints (<em>Cockle Bay </em>and <em>Town of Parramatta</em>) from the private collection of Mr Owen Esmond Friend, exhibited at the Royal Australian Historical Society, 1943 no. 36, and then by descent.
ADB; Roger Butler, Printed, pp. 24-44; Colonial Secretary Papers; DAAO; Richard Neville, John Lewin, pp. 180-187; Trove.

Bock Thomasview full entry

Reference: Thomas Bock. This catalogue accompanies the Thomas Bock exhibition at Ikon Gallery, Birmingham, UK, and at the Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, in 2018. Includes essays by Hamish Maxwell-Stewart, Professor of Social History at the University of Tasmania; Gaye Sculthorpe, Curator and Section Head of Oceania at the British Museum and Jane Stewart, Principal Curator at the Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery.
Publishing details: Ikon Gallery, Birmingham, UK, and TMAG, 2018, pb, 104pp.

Nolan Sidneyview full entry

Reference: This catalogue accompanies the exhibition by Australian born artist Sidney Nolan. This exhibition, part of a nationwide programme presented by the Sidney Nolan Trust to celebrate the centenary of Nolan’s birth, brings to light a selection of extraordinary spray painted portraits dating from the 1980s.
This catalogue includes texts by Jane Clark and Ian Henderson.
Publishing details: Ikon Gallery, Birmingham, UK
Ref: 1000

Johnson Timview full entry

Reference: Tim Johnson - The Luminescent Ground. This catalogue accompanies The Luminescent Ground Tim Johnson’s exhibition of work at Ikon Gallery.
Surveying his work for the first time in Europe, this catalogue traces his evolution since his arrival on the Australian art scene in the 1970s. From early installation photography, text pieces and videos through to his collaborative paintings, Johnson’s work is far reaching, wide in references and influences.

Publishing details: Ikon Gallery, Birmingham, UK, Paperback, colour and black and white illustrations,72 pages.
Ref: 1000

Lye Lenview full entry

Reference: Len Lye: The Body Electric
This Ikon publication accompanies the first Len Lye retrospective. The catalogue draws upon his wide practice from his early paintings and photograms through to his colourful, vibrant films and wild kinetic sculptures. Also features an essay by Tyler Cann.
Publishing details: Ikon Gallery, Birmingham, UK. Paperback, colour and black and white illustrations, 22 pages.
Ref: 1000

Aboriginal Artview full entry

Reference: The Importance of Being Anachronistic: Contemporary Aboriginal Art and Museum Reparations
The Importance of Being Anachronistic: Contemporary Aboriginal Art and Museum Reparations focuses on the role of time in contemporary art and introduces anachrony as a method for subverting the colonial archive.
Publishing details: Ikon Gallery, Birmingham, UK.
Ref: 1000

Sainthill Loudonview full entry

Reference: Ballet Rambert : the tour of Australia and New Zealand, 1947-1948. Edited by Tatlock Miller; photographed by Alec Murray; designed and decorated by Loudon Sainthill. Illustrated throughout with b/w photographic plates and several of Loudon Sainthill’s set designs in colour.
Publishing details: Sydney : Craftsman Bookshop, [1947]. Large quarto, pictorial wrappers, staple bound, [50] pp,
Ref: 1000

Eucalypt Flowersview full entry

Reference: Eucalypt Flowers by John Wigley [Wrigley, John W. (John Walter), 1934-2014] Includes artist’s biographies.
Publishing details: NLA, 2013, pb, 156pp. Extensively illustrated.

botanical artview full entry